20 Test Listening

101 BÀI TEST IELTS LISTENING +
ANSWER KEYS
Tổng hợp 101 bài test IELTS listening thực từ IELTS Fighter sẽ giúp ích cho các bạn trong
quá trình luyện nghe tiếng Anh, ôn thi IELTS được hiệu quả hơn. Nếu bạn còn khoảng 2 –
4 tuần trước kỳ thi IELTS thì cách tốt nhất các bạn nên luyện đề. Qua quá trình luyện đề
listening bạn sẽ được làm quen với đề thi, rèn luyện làm đề thi nhuần nhuyễn, áp dụng các
chiến thuật vào làm đề cho thành thạo và quan trọng đánh giá trình độ bạn biết được bản
thân khi làm listening hay mắc lỗi sai nào cần tập luyện để khắc phục.
Mỗi đề thi IELTS listening bao gồm:

• Đề thi Listening phân theo đúng cấu trúc đề thực có 4 Section.
• Đáp án trả lời câu hỏi
• Bổ sung thêm transcript bài nghe giúp bạn luyện nghe lại theo phương pháp ghi chép
chính tả cực kỳ tốt.
Với 101 bài test không nhất thiết các bạn phải làm hết, quan trọng trong quá trình làm bạn sẽ hiểu
rõ cấu trúc đề thi, luyện kỹ năng nghe tốt hơn cũng như làm và sửa lỗi sai khi làm bài nghe của
bản thân. Chú ý hãy bấm giờ làm mỗi đề thi vì sau khi nghe hết 4 đoạn hội thoại bạn chỉ có thêm
10 phút để điền hoàn thành đáp của mình. Việc bấm giờ sẽ giúp ích cho các bạn làm quen giờ và
kiểm soát được giờ thi một cách tốt nhất.
Bạn có thể xem thêm tài liệu khác:
• Cuốn sách IELTS Writing từ A-Z: download

• Tổng hợp từ vựng IELTS Speaking từ A-Z: download
• Bộ Cambridge IELTS 1 – 13 full PDF: download
HỆ THỐNG CƠ SỞ IELTS FIGHTER

Cơ sở 1: 254 Hoàng Văn Thái, P. Khương Cơ sở 4: 350 đường 3/2 - Phường 12, Quận
Trung Q. Thanh Xuân, HN 10, TP Hồ Chí Minh
Cơ sở 2: 44 Trần Quốc Hoàn, Q. Cầu Cơ sở 5: Số 94, Đường Cộng Hòa, Quận Tân
Giấy, Hà Nội Bình, TP Hồ Chí Minh
Cơ sở 6: Số 85 Điện Biên Phủ, Quận Bình
Cơ sở 3: 410 Xã Đàn, Đống Đa, Hà Nội
Thạnh, HCM
Cơ sở 7: 233 Nguyễn Văn Linh, Thanh Khê,
Đà Nẵng
http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

IELTS Listening Practice Test 1
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
Example
What information does the girl want to know?
A. transportation
B. flight
C. London
1. Which is the first recommended transportation by the man?
A. taxi
B. underground
C. coach
2. What’s the reason of the girl for not hiring a private car?
A. bad weather ,

B. having lost her driving license
C. too expensive
3. What’s the minimum coach fare?
A. £12
B. £14
C. £16
4. The disadvantage of taking a coach from airport is_
A. unsafe.
B. too many people.
C. too long time.
Questions 5-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for

each answer.
SHUTTLE RESERVATION

Name: Echo Grey
Age: 21
Nationality: 5 ___________________
Flight No.: 6 ___________________
Arrival time: 3:05 p.m.
Heathrow airport, terminal: 7 ___________________
Seat reservation:
To: Cambridge
Ticket: single and 8 _________________
Departure time: 16:10
Fare: £18 including 9________________
Payment: American Express
Credit card number: 10_________________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-18
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

AND/OR A NUMBERfor each answer.
Health Centre East Centre West Centre
near to
Location out of town
11_____________
Appointment system not bad more 12___________
13___________ modern 14_______________
15____________
8 doctors
doctors
Dr. Jerry is good with
Doctor resource Dr. Sam is good with
16___________
children.
Home visit time 17____________ 10 a.m- 5 p.m.
Charge £8.00 18_______________
Questions 19 and 20
Choose TWO letters, A-E. Which TWO groups of Patients get free
medication from Health Centre?
A. children under 10
B. U.K. residents

C. overseas students
D. pregnant or retired patients
E, people over 70 years old
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Orientation Schedule
Monday
meet at door of 21______________ at 9 a.m.
visit 22_________________ in the

afternoon.
Part I: Campus Tour

Tuesday
Computer Centre: to get 23___________
24_____________ apply for membership

Wednesday
meet at Auditorium in 25____________
course coordinator course requirement
26______ and optional courses assessments:
27____________ 80% assignment
Part II: Course

2 8________ group work exam: open-book
Arrangement
Thursday
go to department office to:
get a 29_____________________
hand in optional course form
Part III: Friday Time: 5 p.m

Welcome Party Venue: 30____________ on the third floor

SECTION 4
Question 31
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
31. How many species in oceans are there according to latest search?
A. 23,000
B. 230,000
C 2,300,000
Questions 32-34
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A-E next to
questions 32-34.
32. Crustacean
33. Music and fish
34. Species for environmental protection
A 2%
B 10%

C 20%
D 50%
E 5%
Questions 35 and 36
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

The main threats to marine life are:
overfishing
35__________________
pollution
Contaminations in enclosed sea:
chemicals
36_________________
pollution from dense coastal population
Questions 37-40

“The Census of Marine Life” indicates:
There are over 37____________ invasive species in the Mediterranean Sea.
The area with 38___________________ has a high rate of speciation.
The two countries, 39______________, have the most marine species in the
world.
There will be around 40_____________ fish species in the world according

to the survey.
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. A
2. B
3. B
4. C
5. American
6. BA188
7. 5
8. super save
9. coffee
10. 3339 5183 7799 6047
Section 2
11. City Hall
12. efficient
13. Medical facilities
14. standard
15. 12
16. Ioin trouble
17. 9a.m.-Sp.m.
18. £9.50
19-20. A, D
Section 3

21. Student Union
22. library
23. username and password
24. Sports Centre
25. 10 a.m.
26. compulsory (courses)
27. attendance
28. presentation
29. curriculum
30. Common Room
Section 4
31. B
32. C
33. D
34. A

35. degraded habitats
36. garbage
37. 600′
38. .coral reefs
39. Australia and Japan
40. 22,000

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
PART-TIME JOB APPLICATION

Example Answer
Type of job: Part-time
Student’s name: 1______________
Student’s major: 2______________
Contact number: 3______________
Intended minimum pay: 4______________ per hour
Questions 5-7
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
Councilor
Job Cleaner Cashier
assistant
Place 5 _______ Student Union 7 _________
Problem Too early 6 ________ Yoga Class

Questions 8-10

each answer.
Job available: Teaching assistant

Place: 8________________
Duties: to supervise student attendance
to send out 9 ________
Date of interview: 10______________ 10 a.m.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

each answer.
Bank Application Form
Name: 11________________
Occupation: 12________________
Date of Birth: 6th July 1987
Address: 25 13______________
Postal Code: 14 ________________

Email: 15 ________________
Questions 16-20
Complete the notes below

answer.
Type of Account: 16 _______________
Bank supply: 17 _______________

without 18 ______ service
Opening sum: 19 ____________ including cash and

travel’s check
Open time: 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. Monday to Saturday

9:00 a.m.-3:00 p.m. Sunday
Statement: 20 ______________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Complete the table below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.

STUDENT FEEDBACK FORM
Faculty: Politics and Economics
Course Name: 21 _________________
Date: 20th March – 20th June
Subject advisor: 22 _________________
Advantages Disadvantages
too many
Handouts and clear and on time perfect 23____________
equipment’s 24____________ poor printer
balanced design too much reasearch work

25 _____________ good organization in the
26_____________
good for
27____________ need more different
Practical training
learn more knowledge training places
quick feedback from time of open-book exam

28_____________
29________________ is too short

too many essays
mobility teaching method

Other comments need to strengthen our 30________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -36
1. In the past men played football in winter just for_

A. releasing energy.
B. enjoying climate.
C. training team spirit.
1. Football used to be regarded as a rough sport for aristocrat in

A. the Victorian era.
B. the Renaissance.
C. the Shakespeare’s time.
1. The official football league of controlling violence is

A. the police office.
B. the Football Association.
C. the football union.
1. Which of the following is related to the origin of tennis?
A. city hall
B. theatre
C. church
1. Cricket became a popular sport with upper classes in

A. the eighteenth century.
B. the nineteenth century.
C. the twentieth century.
1. “To play the game” has the same meaning with_

A. “to be fair”.
B. ‘to be unfair”.
C. “that’s not cricket”.
Questions 37-40
Complete the sentences below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
1. The true sport of British royal family is ___________________.

2. Two kinds of horse racing are ___________________ and steeplechase.
3. The world’s most famous steeplechase in Britain is called

_______________________.
4. The biggest social event for horse racing is ________________________.

Answer keys:
1. Andy Kahn
2. Educational Studies
3. 0114 7281
4. £10
5. Computer Lab
6. Afternoon seminar
7. Campus canteen
8. international Language Centre
9. handouts
10. 7th May
11. Jenny Chen
12. a university student
13. Woodside
14. A38D6
15. skylight1987@msn.com
16. Student Account

17. Cash Card
18. overdraft
19. £2,200
20. monthly
21. Global Economy
22. Robert Hansen
23. words
24. new multimedia
25. Course structure
26. first module
27. future job
28. Assessment
29. Presentation
30. writing skills
31. A
32. B

33. B
34. C
35.
36. A
37. h6rse racing
38. flat race
39. The Grand National
40. The Royal Ascot
BONUS EXERCISE: GAP-FILLING
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about a part-time job.
You will see there is an example that has been done for you. On this occasion
only the conversation relating to this will be played first.

Student: Good afternoon. May I come in?
Agent: Yes. Come in please.
Student: Well, is this the [……………………………]for students?
Agent: Yes. How can I help you?
Student: Mm… I’m looking for a part-time job in the [……………………].

Do you have anything available at the moment?
Agent: Yes. Of course. Before checking the job [……………………………]let’s

get some personal information from you first. OK?
Student: Yes.
Agent: Well, what’s your full name?
Student: Mv full name is Andy Kahn.
Agent: Can you spell your last name?
Student: It is K-A-H-N, Kahn.
Agent: OK, Andy. Are you a [………………………]student in our university?
Student: Yes.
Agent: What’s your major and faculty?

Student: I’m studviner Educational Studies in the Education […....……].
Agent: Good choice. Did you bring your student [……………]or your library
card?
Student: I have my union card. Do you need it?
Agent: Yes. I need to copy it now.
Student: Oh, here it is.
Agent: OK. And can you tell me your mobile phone number?
Student: Oh, I just lost my mobile phone yesterday.
Agent: I’m sorry.
Student: May I leave my home phone?
Agent: Yes. Of course.
Student: It is [……………………………].
Agent: Fine. Let’s talk about the pay. What’s your [……………………………]for
the pay?
Student: Er. I think it should be about at least 10 Dounds per hour.
Agent: OK. I think it is not [……………………………]to look for a position for

you.
Agent: Well, let me check the [……………………………]position on the list…
here, a position in Computer Lab is available now.
Student: In the Computer Lab?
Agent: Yes.
Student: What’s the position?
Agent: A cleaner.
Student: And what are the working hours?
Agent: The Computer Lab opens at [……………………………]and it needs to be

cleaned before[……………………………]. So you should be there at 6:30 in the
morning.
Student: At 6:30 in the morning? Oh, I cannot get up so early, sorry.
Agent:OK, let’s check the afternoon time. There is a job working as

a[…………………] assistant in the Student [………………] on three afternoons
per week – that’s Monday, Wednesday and Friday.
Student: Oh, I have three afternoon [……………………] in those three

afternoons. I’m so sorry.
Agent: Well, there is a position as a […………………] working from 2 o’clock to

5 o’clock on Thursday afternoons.
Student: What is the place?

Agent: In the campus [……………………………], is this OK?
Student: I’m afraid that I have to attend Yoga class at that time.
Agent: Well, and there is a position as a teaching [……………………………]at

the InternationaLLanguage Centre.
Student: That sounds interesting. My [……………………………]is education.
Agent: Well, they need a language teaching assistant to [………………………]

student [……………………………]and send out [……………………………]in
three evenings a week on Monday, Thursday and Friday.
Student: Great. Well, could you arrange an interview for me?
Agent: How about next Wednesday morning, at 10 o’clock?
Student: Is that [……………………………]?
Agent: Right.
Student: That’s fine. 10 o’clock on 7th May. Thank you very much.
Agent: You’re welcome. Good-bye.
Student: Good-bye.
SECTION 2

You will hear a student enquiring for some information about opening a bank
account.
Clerk: Good morning. What can I do for you?
Customer: Good morning. I’d like to open an [……………………………].

Could you give me some [……………………………]?
Clerk: Well, let’s fill in the [……………………………]form first.
Customer: OK.
Clerk: What’s your full name?
Customer: My name is Jenny Chen.
Clerk: Is your last name spelt C-H-E-N?
Customer: That’s right.
Clerk: Fine, Jenny. Are you a student or do you have a job now?
Customer: I should [……………………………]this year, but I took off last

year, so I am still a university student now.
Clerk: Fine. And your birthday?
Customer: I was born on [……………………………].
Clerk: And your current address?

Customer: I will move into a new house, so…
Clerk: Just tell me your new address.
Customer: It’s on 25 [……………………………]Avenue.
Clerk: Woodside, one word?
Customer: Yes.
Clerk: Do you know the postcode?
Customer: Let me think, erm… it is [……………………………].
Clerk: A83? Are you sure it is not A38?
Customer: Oh, yes, it is A38D6.
Clerk: Right. OK. Do you have a mobile phone?
Customer: Yes. My number is [……………………………].
Clerk: The last one is your email.
Customer: My email is [……………………………].
Clerk: Right.

Clerk: Right. Did you bring the documents we need? Such as [………………] or
letter from university?
Customer: Yes. Here they are.
Clerk: What type of account do you want to open?
Customer: I’m not sure. Could you give me some [……………………………]?
Clerk: I see. How about the Student Account? It’s a kind of current account.
Customer: Student Account? Does it have a high interest?
Clerk: I’m afraid not. If you want to have a high interest account,
maybe[…………] is a good choice. But you have to deposit at least[………… ]
when you open your account.
Customer: Oh. How about the annual interest of Student Account?
Clerk: It varies from time to time. At present it is [……………………………]
Customer: Right. I will take the Student Account.
Clerk: That’s fine.
Customer: And can I get a Cash Card?
Clerk: Certainly. I will supply you with a Cash Card.
Customer: Great. May I apply for [……………………………]?

Clerk: I’m afraid you cannot. The Cash Card doesn’t have service of overdraft.
Customer: Yes. I see.
Clerk: How much money do you want to deposit now?
Customer: I have […………………………] in cash and [……………………] in

traveler’s checks.
Clerk: So the total is [……………………………]?
Customer: Right.
Clerk: Fine. Please sign your name here where I have marked an “X”.
Customer: OK. Thank you.
Clerk: And this is your [……………………………].
Customer: Thanks. Can you tell me the opening time of the bank?
Clerk: The bank opens from 9 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on Monday to Saturday,…
Customer: And closes on Sunday?
Clerk: Oh, no, on Sunday the bank often closes at 3 p.m. The last thing is
the[……………………]. How often do you want to receive your statement?
Customer: Once a month.

Clerk: OK. Monthly. How about the other things, anything do you want to
know?
Customer: No. Thanks for your help. Good-bye.
Clerk: Bye-bye.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between two students about the course feedback
form.
Jack: Hi, Ana, what are you doing?
Ana: I’m filling in the [……………………] form.
Jack: What form?
Ana: The student feedback form for our course.
Jack: Oh, I really forgot that. What’s the date for [………………………]that in?
Ana: Tomorrow morning.
Jack: Oh, no. Have you finished?
Ana: Just beginning.
Jack: Great. If you don’t mind we could do it together.

Ana: Of course. Do you bring your form?
Jack: Yes.
Ana: OK, let’s begin with the top first.
Jack: It is a Course Name, Politics and […………………………]?
Ana: No. It is our […………………………].
Jack: Oh, sorry.
Ana: According to the course data from the [……………………………]March

to twentieth June, I think the name of the course should be [……………………]
Economy.
Jack: Are you sure that it is economy not economics?
Ana: Definitely.
Jack: Alright. The next item is the name of our subject [……………………].
Ana: Professor Robert Hansen.
Jack: Right. I like him very much.
Ana: Me too. He is very [……………………………].
Jack: Yeah. Just like me.

Ana: Yeah. Nice and [……………………………].
Jack: Yes. Let’s see the first point on the [……………………………]form

“handouts and equipment”. What’s your opinion?
Ana: I think the handouts are very good. I mean they are clear and sent out on
time.
Jack: Yes. I agree. But do you think the words of [……………………………],

well, may be too many words.
Ana: What do you mean?
Jack: I mean I have to spend so much time reading them just like reading a
book.
Ana: Right. Let’s put that down.
Jack: How about teaching [……………………………]?
Ana: I do really love the new multimedia. It is perfect.
Jack: Yes. I agree, but the printer…
Ana: It is really bad. Too old and sometimes it doesn’t work.
Jack: Should we suggest a new printer [……………………………]of the old

one?
Ana: Why not? Let’s turn to the second item. It is “course structure”.
Jack: ‘ I do really like Robert’s [……………………………]design of the course.
Ana: Yes. I agree. He organised it very well.
Jack: Do you remember he sent out the course outline on the first class?
Ana: Yes, it is very clear.
Jack: I think it is a very good beginning and it is very important for a class.
Ana: Right. I gain [……………………………]from him after the first class.
Jack: What about suggestions with [……………………………]?
Ana: Maybe…
Jack: What?
Ana: Don’t you think we have too much [……………………………]work in the

first module?
Jack: Research work?
Ana: Yes. We only had one research in the s,econd module.
Jack: You are right. Let me put that down.
Ana: The next one is “practical training”. Well, I think it is a good chance for
our future job, right?

Jack: Yes. I agree. I learned more [……………………………]from that than
from lecturers.
Ana: Right.
Jack: What about suggestions for [……………………………]?
Ana: I think the department should supply more different places for us
instead of just one.
Jack: Yes. Let’s eo on the next one “assessment”. What’s vouv opinion?
Ana: Fine. I cot my feedback really quickly of my [……………………………].
Jack: Yes. Me too.
Ana: But I think the exam time should be [……………………………].
Jack: Which type of exam?
Ana: Open-book.
Jack: Yes. I agree with you. Only 30 minutes is not enough.
Ana: Yes. Anything else?
Jack: What do you think about [……………………………]?
Ana: Too many.

Jack: Right. There are three essays in one module.
Ana: Yes.
Jack: On “other comments” what should we write?
Ana: Jack, what do you think about the teaching?
Jack: I like Robert’s teaching [……………]. It is very [………………………].
Ana: Yes, me too. And I think we should advice Robert to help us

to[………………………] our writing skills.
Jack: Right. That’s all?
Ana: Yes. That’s all.
SECTION 4
In this section you will hear a lecture about sports in Britain.
Having a drink at the [……………………………], going for a walk in the country

or watching sports on the television – these are all main ways in which many
British people like to relax on weekends or [……………………………]. Such
activities tell us about how modern British people like to spend
their [……………………]; but if you look more closely, we can see these
activities are not just recent […………………], but are deeply[…………………]
in the British culture over many [……………………………]. Today we will talk
about some sports which we see played [……………………………]the world and
were born in Britain.
Let’s begin with football. As we all known Britain is the place of origin
of[…………………] football. The idea of sports having [……………………]– like
the football season – also comes from the natural [……………………………]of
an agricultural[……………………………], where the timing of harvests and the
general weather[……………………………]how people spent their time. Football
is played in early spring when the weather is wet and not too cold. In winter,
bad weather kept people in doors and they had not so much work to do on
their [……………………]. So men used to doing hard work,[…………………]
labour found they needed to [……………………………]their energy and so got
together regularly to play [……………………………]and fast games like
football. Meanwhile, during the [……………………………]football has been
regarded as a rough sport for the [……………………………]young men
although all [………………]classes used to join in on the local football match.
Today, violence is still [……………………………]with football.
“Football [………………]“, supporters of rival teams, sometimes clash before,
during and after matches and run riot through the city or town, breaking
windows and beating each other up. Of course the football […………………]
gets a lot of attention. Nowadays, before some big matches when trouble
is [……………………………], police usually patrol the streets, pubs close to the
football courts and some shops even lock their doors and[………………………]
their windows. The Football [……………………………] was set up
in[…………………]. It is the league or association that the[………………………]
compete in, for a trophy title known as the FA Cup. The Football Association
put out a series of [……………………………]to control violence so as to ensure
a successful match.
A more [……………………………]sport that is very popular in the world is

tennis. Wimbledon, a town near London, is where the world’s top players
gather to compete. It has been one of the major sports events of the
British [……………………………]. As we all know tennis was invented in

Britain but few people know tennis owes its [……………………………]to the
church. According to the records by the [……………………………]century,
people were making a game of[……………………………]a ball off the side of
their local churches or [……………………………], first using the hand and later
a [……………………………].
Football, archery, tennis and other sports were frequently played

in [……………………………].
In England, the sound of summer is said to be the sound of “leather on willow”

– the ball hitting a [……………………………]bat. Cricket was one of the very
first team sports in Britain to be played according to the same organised rules
nationally. Before the Victorian era, and in modern Britain, people from all
walks of life play cricket, but in the [……………………………], cricket became a
sport [……………………………]with the upper classes. It was a kind of a “snob”
game played by boys who attended public schools. And then the sport became
popular in the public school [……………………………]in the colonies of
Australia, New Zealand, India and Pakistan. British English is full
of [……………………] to the sport, those who are not[……………………]with
the game will be [……………………………]by it. Such as “that’s not cricket”
means “that’s not fair” and “to play the game” means “t£ be fair”.
The true sport of British Kings (and Queens) is not skiing

or [……………………………], but horse racing. National horse races have been
held throughout Britain for hundreds of years. The horse at the heart
of [……………………………]life was a symbol of [……………………………]and
wealth and necessary to traveling, hunting and [……………………………]. The
sport of riding a horse is still considered
rather [……………………………]or [……………………………]sport because the
average British family cannot afford to own a horse. Meanwhile, there are

stables which rent horses and offer riding courses at […………………]prices.
So certainly, almost everyone can afford to place a bet on a horse race now and
then. As a sport of kings, kings and[……………………………]alike enjoy betting
on the horses. The Queen, who likes riding, also likes betting on the horses and
often [………………] some major races. Although she is[…………………]rich,
she gets very excited when the horse she has placed her money on wins.
There are two kinds of [……………………………]: the flat race. where horses
and riders compete on a flat, oval track; and the [……………………………],
which is racing either across the countryside, or around a course designed to
represent the [……………………………]you might overcome in the countryside.
The Grand National which is set up in[……………………………]and it’s the
world’s most famous [……………………………]. However, some horses are
usually injured and badly hurt horses are sometimes shot. Animal lovers
cannot[……………………………]that animals should be hurt and killed for
people’s entertainment. The biggest social event [……………………………]to
horse racing is The Roval Ascot. where people[……………………………]and
show off how fashionable they are as well as watching the races and place their
bets. Women especially wear very [……………………………]
and[……………………]hats and dress designed for the occasion. Television and
newspapers will often comment on their [……………………………].

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Label the map with the following places:

Write the appropriate letter on your answer sheet.
Questions 5-10
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

5. What time does the library open?
6. What time does the cafeteria close at weekends?

7. When does the sports centre open?
8. When can the outdoor athletics field be used?
9. When will Saturday’s football trials probably end?
10. When will Neil go to watch the trials?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

11. How many London underground lines are there?
12. In which two ways are the lines distinguished from each other?
13. Which zone is Heathrow airport in?
14. On which forms of transport can a one-day Travel card be used?
15. How much cheaper is a typical journey using an Oyster card?
Questions 16-20
Complete the gaps using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each.

16. Put your ticket into the __________________when you want to use an
automatic gate.
17. People with _____________________ can use a bigger gate to enter

and leave stations.
18. People usually use ___________________ to get from ground level to

the trains.
19. ____________________ tell people where to go if they are changing

lines.
20. You can find maps in many __________________ at the official

website.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE

WORDS for each answer.
21. Where is the student from?
22. What does the adviser suggest the student create to manage her time?
23. What does the adviser give the student to help her with time management?
24. What is the problem many students have with the library?

25. Why does this problem exist?
Questions 26-30
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE

26. The student says she is ______________ when she is studying at home.
27. As a result, it might be better for her to __________________from

Monday to Friday.
28. The main problem with the student’s assignments Is that they fail to
_______________________
29. The adviser has a list of people who, for ___________________

grammar and spelling mistakes.
30. The adviser suggests ____________________ with another student

after lectures over a coffee.
SECTION 4
Questions 37-35
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS for each gap.

31. Many organisations will pay for the cost of a volunteer’s _____________
to Africa.
32. The presenter describes volunteering as ______________________

than just travelling there.
33. Jobs lasting over a year generally offer a ____________________ to

cover expenses.
34. People without ________________________ or extensive education

can expect to cover their own costs.
35. The employment of ________________________ is preferred by

organisations since projects are long-term.
Questions 36-40

36. Which two things are uncommon in rural areas?
37. Which areas generally have more conservative populations?
38. What two new things will your body need to adapt to?
39. Where do many volunteers and travellers relate their experiences?
40. What do you need to work in African countries?

Answer keys:
Section 1, Questions 1-10
1. B
2. I
3. E
4. C
5. 8 a.m.
6. 7 p.m.
7. 7 a.m.
8. (during) daylight hours
9. (at around/ about) 3 p.m.
10. after lunch
11. 12/twelve
12. name, colour
13. (zone) 6
14. underground, bus(es)

15. 10%
16. slot
17. baggage
18. an escalator/escalators
19. Signs
20. foreign languages
21. Germany
22. (a) schedule

23. (a) leaflet
24. closed/ closes at weekends
25. not enough staff/ too few staff/ no extra staff
26. easily distracted
27. work/study longer hours
28. answer the question
29. a small fee
30. checking notes
31. flight

32. more meaningful
33. (basic) stipend
34. specific skills
35. local people
36. running water, electricity
37. rural ‘
38. food, water
39. online diaries
40. (official) work permit
SECTION 1
Simon: Hi Neil! How are you? You look a little [……………………………].
Neil: Hi Simon! I am. You’re familiar with the campus, aren’t you? I can’t
figure out where anything is.

Simon: Well, let me give you a hand, then. Which [……………………………]do
you need to know?
Neil: First, I need to know where the [……………………………]is. I haven’t

registered yet.
Simon: Alright. You know where the north gate is, don’t you?
Neil: Yes. It’s up that way – about [……………………………].
Simon: Sorry, Neil. I’m afraid it’s in that direction and it’s about 500 metres
away.
Neil: Well, that begins to [……………………………]why I cant find anything!

So, the south gate…
Simon: North. Then it’s a little towards the west gate. You can’t miss it,
because it’s really big and has a large sign on it.
Neil: OK. I’ll take your word for it. The second place I need to find is
the[……………………………].
Simon: That’s in the south-west part of the [……………………………]. It’s easy

to see because there’s the outdoor [……………………………]stadium nearby.
Neil: OK. Next, I need to know where Churchill Building is. That’s where I
have my[……………………………]tomorrow.
Simon: That’s back by the library. You know the building – the McDonald
Building – where our[……………………………]is?
Neil: Yes, that’s right by the east gate, isn’t it?
Simon: Right. Well, the Churchill Building is [……………………………], well,

almost opposite that.
Neil: Not that small building directly opposite?
Simon: No, the larger one beside it.
Neil: Got it. OK. Last one. Where’s the [……………………………]? I know it’s
next to the[……………………………].
Simon: And can you see the bookshop? •
Neil: Well… hang on… It’s right there – here in the centre of the campus!
Simon: A great central [……………………………], if you ask me!
Neil: What time is the library open?
Simon: It’s open from [……………………………].
Neil: And the cafeteria?
Simon: 8 a.m. until 7 p.m.
Neil: Is that every day? Someone said that it isn’t open so long at the
weekends.
Simon: No, it’s every day.

Neil: And the sports centre?
Simon: Now, if I [……………………………]rightly, that opens at 7 a.m. and

closes at 9 p.m., but the outdoor [……………………………]field can only be
used during daylight hours since there’s no [……………………………].
Neil: You play sports, don’t you, Simon?
Simon: I do. I’ve signed up for the football team trials this coming weekend
and I was on the athletics team at school.
Neil: When are the trials? I don’t play football, but I enjoy watching.
Simon: They’re on Saturday, starting at [……………………………]. The

organisers said that we should [……………………………]to be there
until [……………………………], probably until around three.
Neil: Well, I’ve got things to do in the morning, but I’ll come along after lunch.
I hope you[……………………………]until then!
Simon: So do I! I think that in the morning, they’ll be aiming to sort out the
people with[……………………………]from the no-hopers. Then, in the
afternoon, they’ll be sorting out who’s the best.
Neil: OK. Well, good luck with that. I’ll see if Leslie wants to come along.
Simon: OK. See you Saturday.
SECTION 2

Presenter:
Welcome to this latest lecture on living in London. Today, we’re going to look
at[…………………] and I’d like to start with the London [……………………]
system – also called “the tube” because of the shape of the […………………].
First, you need to learn your lines. There are 12 different [……………………],
each with its own name, for example, the Piccadilly line, the [………………].
Each line is a different colour on the map of the underground system. You can
find the map in the ticket hall at each underground[………………………], and
usually on the [………………………] as well. Sections of the map are also
displayed in the [……………………………]of the underground trains. Before
you begin, it helps to know which line you are starting on and on which line
your[……………………………]can be found. If they are on different lines, look
at the map to see where the two lines cross, and note the name of
the [……………………………]where they meet – that is where you have to
change trains. If the two lines do not cross, keep looking until you find a third
line that crosses both of the other two. Then you will need to change
trains[……………………………].
You can buy a [……………………………]from one of the automatic machines or

from the ticket office. Either way, you need to know the name of
the [……………………]you are going to. You also need to know whether you
want a “single” ticket, which is valid just to get you to your[……………………]
or a “return”, which gets you there and back again. Fares are based on
a[……………………………]: the more zones you travel through, the more
expensive your fare is. There are six zones, with zone 1 covering central
London and zone 6 covering the[……………………………]of the system,
including, for example, Heathrow[……………………………]. Most of the
underground maps show which stations are in which zones. A single ticket for
travel through all […………………] currently costs[………………]. Depending

on how far you are travelling and how many[…………………………] you need
to make, it may be cheaper to buy a one-day. Travel card, which gives
you [……………………………]travel on all London underground and
bus[…………………………] the day you buy it. A one-day Travel card covering
all six zones currently costs [……………………]. You can also buy an Oyster
card. This is the best option if you are going to be in London for a long time.
You get a [……………………] on all tickets — usually about […………………] —
and you don’t have to [……………………………]to buy tickets. Just buy credit
for your card and then use it as [……………………………]when you enter and
leave underground stations at the start and finish of your journeys.
At underground stations you must pass through an [……………………………].

Put your ticket into the slot to the right of the gate. When the gate opens, pass
through. As you pass through, your ticket will [……………………………]from
another slot on the top. Pull your ticket out and take it with you; you need it at
the end of your [……………………………]. This is the same procedure for
Travel cards. With Oyster cards, you hold your card over the card reader
at[……………………] automatic gates. If you have [………………………]with
you, you can go through a special, larger gate where you can pass through
more easily. Show your ticket to an[……………………………]and ask him or
her to let you through this gate.
Most stations have long [……………………………]leading to and from the

trains. Try to stand to the right-hand side, leaving space for people to walk past
you on the left. When changing trains, get off at the station where the line you
are on crosses the line you need. Follow the signs for the line you need, and
the [……………………………]you want to go in. When you leave the system,
you must pass through an automatic gate again to leave the station. Put your
ticket in the slot as before. If you bought a [……………………………]or a Travel
card, your ticket will pop up for you to collect again, so that you can use it later.

If you bought a [……………………………], or if you are. on the return trip of
your return ticket, your ticket will stay in the [……………………………].
To find out more about the London underground, check the official
website:[……………………………]. This site also has the map and information
in[……………………………]foreign languages. Now, let’s move on to…
SECTION 3
Adviser: Good afternoon. How can I help you?
Student: Good afternoon My name is Helena Schwarz. I have an [……………]

at three.
Adviser: Ah, yes. Come in. Please, take a seat. … Now, what can I do for you?
Student: Well, I need some advice about my stûdies. I’m a [……………………]

student – from Germany – and, well, I heard that this is the place to come.
Adviser: It certainly is. So, what kind of problems are you having? It’s quite
normal for students to meet problems, [……………………………]overseas
students who might not be[……………………………]with the British way of life
or education system.
Student: Well, ray first problem is the [……………………………].
Adviser: That’s a common problem, even with British students.

Student: It seems to me that the biggest difference between university
and[……………………………] school is that university students have to do a lot
of work on their own, and it’s sometimes useful to get [……………………]on
how to take control of your time and work effectively. ‘
Adviser: You’re right. The obvious thing to do is to make a [………………]and

stick to it. Bear in mind that there is enough time to do the work and enough
time for[……………………………]activities.
Student: You mean that I shouldn’t overload myself.
Adviser: Right, but [……………………………], be careful to spread your work

out over the weeks and months. Don’t do anything for a while, then
get [……………………] because you have little time to get [……………………]
finished.
Student: Yes, that’s clear.
Adviser: We get a lot of students coming to us with that problem, so we’ve

produced a leaflet about it. You should have [……………………………]one
during [……………………………], but sometimes … well, here you are.
Student: Thank you. I’ll read it carefully later.
Adviser: OK. And feel free to come back if you have any questions about it.
Student: OK. My second problem is with research.
Adviser: Are you going to complain that the library isn’t open at the weekends?

Student: How did you guess?
Adviser: We get so many students complaining about that. We are trying to get
that[…………………], but… well, to be honest, the library [……………………]
already work long shifts and unless we can get extra staff, the library has
to[……………………………]closed at the weekends.
Student: I understand, but…
Adviser: I know. It makes [……………………………]your time even more

important.
Make sure that you get all the books you need from the library before the
weekend. Then,[……………………………]some of your weekend time to
making notes from the books at the weekend.
Student: The problem is that I’m easily [……………………………]when I’m

working at home rather than in the library.
Adviser: Well, an [……………………………]strategy is to work longer hours

during the week, when the library is open, and do no work at all at the
weekends. Sometimes, it’s very useful to forget about studies for a day or two
each week.
Student: Yes. That might be better for me. I can [……………………………]on

my work in the library and then leave the weekends free. Also, I have some
problems – with my essay assignments. Could you have a look at these and tell
me what you think?

Adviser: Certainly… Ah, I see. Well, even if you plan your writing [……………],
this can come to nothing if the assignment doesn’t actually answer the
question. That really is the most important thing to remember. You must read
the question[……………………………]care¬fully and give it a great deal of
thought before you even start planning or writing your first draft. It’s
also [……………………………]to check your work for[…………………].
Everybody makes them, and they can [……………………] the professor
marking the work. So, always take time at the end to check what you have
written. Many overseas students ask a British student to check their work for
them. I have a short list of people who will do this for a small fee if you’d like it.
Student: That’s OK. I have [……………………………]British friends. I’m sure I

can bribe them to check my grammar and spelling. Good. Anything else?
Adviser: Yes, there is. I find it hard to keep up sometimes in [………………].
Student: Do you have any tips for me? I was thinking of recording them using
an[……………………………]. Then I can listen to it again [……………………]
and…
Adviser: Well, a lot of people find them useful, but some people point out that
you might never actually have time to listen to the recording again. Something
else you could try is checking your notes with a friend after the lecture. Go for
a [……………………………]or something.
Student: Yes. That’s a good idea. Thanks. Thank you very much for your help.
Adviser: That’s what I’m here for!
SECTION 4

Presenter:
Good morning, everybody. I’m Jane Winter and I’m here to tell you a little
about the[……………………………]of volunteer work in Africa. If you’re
looking for volunteer work in Africa there are plenty of [………………………]
available. Let’s look at the different types of volunteer opportunities available
in Africa, what to [……………………………]when volunteering in Africa and
stories from [……………………………]who have worked in Africa. Volunteering
means something different to almost every [……………………………]you come
across. Some[……………………………]will cover your flight and cost of living
while you are working and some are true “volunteer” projects and […………]
you to cover all costs for the[……………………………] of the experience. If you
are looking for a more[……………………………]way to spend a few months in
Africa than simply travelling around,[……………………………]is a wonderful
way to spend your time. Most jobs that last less than a year or so are going to
be the ones you have to pay for. Jobs that require a[……………………………]of
more than a year will often offer a basic [……………………………]to cover
some of your costs.
Whether you get paid and how much you get paid will also depend on
your[………………] and how much they are in [……………………………].’Most
paid volunteer opportunities in Africa are available to those who have a
university[……………………………]and/or a practical skill. Engineers, doctors,
nurses,[………………………], emergency relief [……………………………]and
teachers are among the most asked for by volunteer agencies. If an
organisation doesn’t require you to have[……………………………]then you will
usually have to pay your own [……………………………]as a volunteer. In
general most organisations working in Africa try and [………………………]as
many local people as possible rather than [……………………………], since the
projects should continue long after you have [……………………………]home.

So don’t take it personally if your[……………………………]to help people in
Africa is rejected, it may just be that a[……………………………]is better suited
to do the job.
What should you expect when you volunteer to work in Africa? Conditions are
usually basic. Most volunteer [……………………………]take place in rural
areas where you may not have ready[……………………………]to running water
and electricity. Housing can be very basic and you will likely be staying
with [………………………]. A word about cultural [……………………………]. As
in most countries in the world rural communities are usually more traditional
than[………………………] centres. As you will be working closely with the local
population you will have to dress and behave in [……………………………]with
what is acceptable locally. General pace of life and work is much slower than in
the west. Don’t expect any organisation to run[……………………………]and
without [……………………………]. Getting sick can be a problem. If you’re
spending more than just a few weeks in Africa, especially sub-Saharan Africa,
your chances of
getting [……………………………]or [……………………………]will also increase.
Make sure you take all the medicine and [……………………………]you need.
The organisation you work with should [……………………………]you about
health issues and don’t forget that local nurses and doctors will have plenty of
experience with these common [……………………………]—probably more than
your doctor at home. Initially you may also have some problems getting used
to different food and water.
Anyone who has [……………………………]in Africa will probably tell you that
the biggest impact their [………………………]had was not on the community
but on [……………………………]. Spending time immersed in another culture
will change the way you look at life and is part of the[………………………]of
volunteering. Before you decide to volunteer in Africa you may be interested to

learn what the [……………………………]experiences are of people already in
the field. Later, we’ll look at a selection of volunteer stories and experiences
from[…………………]. There are many volunteers and [……………………]who
keep online diaries of their experiences. These contain some [………………]
tips about working, travelling and living in Africa. Before that, just a quick
word about work pex*mits in Africa. Many people who travel around Africa
may wish to stay and work. But just as in[……………………………]or the US,
every [……………………………]country will require you to get an official work
permit. In most cases these laws exist to stop foreigners getting jobs that local
people may be [……………] for. Unemployment is bad enough[……………]
Africa so don’t take a job that a local person could do. Now, let’s look at a few
people’s experiences…

SECTION 111
Questions 1-4

each answer.
University Clubs Monday Tuesday Wednesday
Name of club film climbing Chess

Extra activities discussions 1 __________ 2 ___________
Current number of
3 ___________ 40 55
members
Contact Events organizer 4 __________ Maths tutor
Questions 5-10
Details of climbing club:
5. meets___________________.
6. excursion to France in the _______________________ .
7. subscriptions paid ____________________.
Benefits:
8. discounts on ______________________.
9. annual __________________.

10. free entrance to climbing ________________ in Cardiff.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-20
Which features are available at the following halls of residence?
Choose FIVE answers below and write the correct letter A-G next to
Questions 11-15.
List of Features
A. cleaning Included
B. all meals included
C. private showers
D. modern building
E. parking spaces
F. single sex
G. sports facilities
Halls of Residence

11. Brown Hall
12. Blake Residence
13. Queens Building
14. Parkway Flats
15. Temple Rise
Questions 16-20
Label the map below.
Write the correct letter A-G next to Questions 16-20.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
21. Jenna and Marco must complete their project by__________________.
22. The project will be a study of the increase in __________________.
23. The project will be assessed by ________________________.
24. Jenna and Marco agree they need a __________________ for the
project.
Questions 25-27
Choose THREE letters, A-G.
What THREE things do Marco and Jenna have to do now for the project?
A. interview some people
B. handout questionnaires
C. choose their subjects

D. take photographs
E. use statistical software
F. do some work in the library
G. contact some local companies
Questions 28-30
28. Why did Jenna and Marco agree to work together?
A. because they both wanted to work with someone
B. because they each have different skills
C. because they have worked together before
29. Why does Marco suggest that he writes the analysis?
A. He needs more practice with this kind of writing.
B. He is better at English than Jenna.
C. He has more experience of this than Jenna.
30. Why does Jenna offer to do the presentation?

A. Her tutor wants her to do the presentation.
B. Marco is very nervous about giving presentations.
C. She wants to divide the work on the project fairly.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Of which US news source is each of the following statements true?
Write the correct letter A, B or C next to Questions 31-35.
News Sources
A. television
B. internet
C. the press
31. It is more popular at the weekend than during the week.
32. It has affected the popularity of local radio.
33. It has recently been able to expand internationally.

34. It is offering more varied reporting than previously.
35. It has suffered from government intervention.
Questions 36-40
Complete the summary below.
Advertising and Newspapers
In the USA, newspapers are being increasingly inventive about the way they!
attract advertisers and their 36__________________ now exceeds that of
other industries. Advertising has increased because of a good relationship with
the 37___________________ sector. In addition, newspapers now run
more adverts which include 38_________________. These have been
found to raise readership of the papers and create more sales for the
39__________________. There are also an increasing number of more
expensive 40___________________ adverts.
Answer keys:
1. weekend trips
2. competitions
3. 125
4. club secretary

5. twice a/per month
6. spring
7. weekly
8. equipment
9. magazine
10. exhibition
11. G
12. F
13. C
14. B
15. A
16. B
17. A
18. C
19. E
20. D
21. March 25th

22. older workers
23. (a)senior lecturer
24. timetable
25/26/27. (in any order) B,D,C
28. B
29. C
30. A
31. C
32. B
33. C
34. A
35. A
36. profit margin
37. retail
38. Vouchers
39. Clients
40. full-page/full page

SECTION 1
You will hear a new student, Tom, talking to a student representative called
Rachel about university clubs.
Rachel: Hi, welcome to Freshers Week. I’m Rachel. Can I help you?
Tom: Oh, hi – yes. Erm -I was hoping to find out about some clubs I could join.
Rachel: Well, all the club stands are here in this hall. What were you interested
in?
Tom: Urn – not sure. I wanted to do something where I could meet people.
Rachel: Well, take this [……………………………]with details of all the clubs

and see what you think. It’ll probably [……………………………]on what day
you’re free. Like on Mondays there’s the [……………………………], then on
Tuesdays you’ve got the climbing club – that’s really good, I’m in that – then
on [……………………………]you’ve got chess, if you want something a bit
more[……………………………]! But you should look through carefully because
all the clubs run extra[……………………………]as well as their normal
meetings.

Tom: Oh, yes I see. [as if reading] So it looks like the film club
has [……………………………] after the films – I’d quite like to go to those.
Then climbing – [……………………………], it says here that the University has
its own climbing wall – that’s [……………………………]– and they go on
weekend trips. Cool. And it says the [……………………] club normally just
does games with whoever […………………] but it also runs […………………]
sometimes. But I bet you’ve got to be pretty good to do that.
Rachel: Yes, I think so!
Tom: And how many people are in the clubs? Are they all really full?
Rachel: Well, obviously they’re all different so, for example, the film club has
just[……………………………]its membership from eighty five to a hundred and
twenty five but I think they’re hoping to [………………………]it to a hundred
and fifty. The climbing club’s quite small – [……………………………] people –
and the chess club is fairly healthy at fifty five.
Right. OK, so who do I see if I want to join these dubs?
Rachel: Well, if you go round the stands and speak to the people there.
For the film club that’s the event’s [……………………………]– urn, for climbing
you’ll need the club [……………………………]and the chess club
is [……………………………]by one of the Math’s tutors. OK?
Tom: Yup. I think I’ll start with the climbing club – it sounds good.
Rachel: Oh well, as I said, I’m in that so I might be able to help you a bit.

Tom: OK. It says in the leaflet that they get together [……………………………].
Is that right?
Rachel: Yes. Oh, you must join. It’s really good fun. We go away quite a bit to
North Wales and every year we have a special [………………………], usually to
France, which is where we’re going this year in the [……………………………].
The weather’s too [……………………………]in the autumn.
Tom: Wow! That sounds good – but it must cost a lot.
Rachel: Yeah, but we try and save up for it through [……………………] so

rather than having a huge sum to pay in the month we go we […………………]
those weekly so it spreads it out.
Tom: Good idea. I think I’ll definitely join.
Rachel: There are quite good [……………………………]you get from joining. I

mean, you need that don’t you? And the University clubs normally try and do
deals with[……………………………], so it’s really worth joining. Like in the
climbing club they’ve got a special [……………………]with one of the shops in
town so if you show your card you can get money off [……………………………].
Don’t think the [……………………………]extends to clothes though.
Tom: That’s really worth it then. I’ll go over and talk to them now.
Rachel: OK. Hope you do join. Oh, and another thing I meant to say. If you do
become a member, you automatically [……………………………]a magazine
once a year. It’s quite useful and interesting because it goes out to all the
national climbing clubs. And the other thing is, if you come to

every [………………], then you can get a [……………………………]ticket to the
big [……………………]that’s held in Cardiff every year. So – hope to see you…
Tom: Yeah, thanks … (fade)…
SECTION 2
You will hear an accommodation officer telling students about different halls
of residence.
Accommodation Officer:
Good afternoon and welcome to Stanton University. I’m here to tell you about
the[……………………………]halls of [………………………] we have available
should you choose to come here. We aim to offer [……………………………]in
Halls to all first year students and you’ll find there’s a good […………………]to
choose from.
First of all, there’s Brown Hall, which, as you’ll see, is not the
most [………………] of buildings but it is very popular with some students. It’s
got a good [………………]of community, some nice [………………………]
kitchens and, unlike the other halls, it has recently had a gym built in
its [……………………………]. Another option is Blake Residence, which is built
like a large house and so everybody cooks and eats together. It has its
own[……………………]-off bit of private garden and is even
more[……………………………] because this is an all-girls residence, although
of course boys are[…………………] to visit the Hall and, I
understand, [……………………] take part in cooking dinner! The largest hall
we have is Queens Building and this has been[………………………]recently.
The original parking area has been built on so that the hall now has a

large [……………………………]and each bedroom now has its own shower
room, which many students regard as a real [……………………………]. A
further option is the Parkway Flats, which won an award for design in its day
and this building now has a[……………………………]order on it. This has
meant that only a[……………………………] amount could be done to upgrade
it and the surrounding area is important so parking is not […………………]
around the Flats. However, the Flats do have many extra [……………………]
such as a special computer room, a small library and a[…………………………]
restaurant. The cost of breakfast, lunch and dinner is[……………………………]
in the fees for this hall so it does look a bit more expensive. The last residence
we can offer you is Temple Rise, which again is [……………………………]more
expensive than other halls as the rooms are larger. This has got very lovely
views[………………………] to the coast and this more than […………………]for
the fact that bathrooms here are [……………………………]between six
students. However, the hall has[……………………………]staff who clean the
rooms once a week so this is perhaps an[……………………………]option for
the [……………………………]amongst you.
Now if I can just show on this wall map here where they all are, you might like
to go and have a look round. If you come into the main university [……………],
at the first[……………………………]you’ll find that Brown Hall is on the
corner[……………………………]the theatre. So you’re nice and near the station
here – though I think it can get a bit noisy with [……………………………]. The
same [……………………………]to Blake Residence, which is directly facing the
junction to the university entrance. These Halls are often used
by [……………………………]students and such like as they’re out all day so
don’t notice the noise. Anyway, if you then walk along Campus
Road [……………………………]the main Circle, you’ll see the library on the
corner and [……………………………]is just past that as you head north. You
will find that it is [……………………………]here and you may get fewer

visitors! By the way the Circle is quite a [……………………………]of the
campus as it’s set into the hills and has a [……………………………]new sports
centre in the middle – it’s worth going to look around it.
Now, the Parkway Flats are on the [……………………………]corner to the

library, facing the Circle, as you head towards the main buildings. The main
buildings are only about a[……………………………]walk from here and places
in these halls go quickly so my advice is to[……………………………]your place
as soon as possible. Then Temple Rise is[……………………………]the Circle,
next to the sports centre, but further from the main university buildings. Now,
if you’d like to go off and… (fade)…
SECTION 3
You will hear two students, Jenna and Marco, discussing a Business Studies
project they have to do
Jenna: Come on Marco. We’ve got to get on and sort out this [………………]
for Professor Barclay.
Marco: Hang on. I want to make sure we’ve got all the information. Now…
(sitting down)… where are we?
Jenna: Well, today we need to sort out [……………………………]what we’re

going to do and how we’re going to [……………………………]the work up.
Marco: OK. How long have we got, by the way?

Jenna: Um… the end of [……………………………]is April 6th and he said to
hand it in on week 8, so that’s March 25th at the latest because the beginning
of that week is 21st. So not long!
Marco: Right. Have you got the notes there?
Jenna: Yes, he wants us to do a [……………………………]small-scale study,

like the last one, on whether or not [……………………………]were offering
more benefits to staff. We’ve now got to look at the rise in older workers.
Should be fairly [……………………………].
Marco: Yeah, as long as we keep it small. Who’s marking it?
Jenna: Don’t know – sometimes he gets the PhD students to mark it for him.
Marco: Oh actually it just says here ‘a [……………………………]lecturer’. I

suppose it’s too much for Professor Barclay to do them all.
Jenna: Yeah. Anyway, how are we going to go about this?
Marco: Well, we have to [……………………………]how big we want it to be and

who we’re…
Jenna: (cutting him oft)… Yeah, but I think we must sort out a [……………] for
the project otherwise nothing will get done.
Marco: OK. Do you want to do that?
Jenna: Alright. IH do it as soon as we finish here.

Marco: OK – what do we have to do now for the project? What’s the best way
to go about it? Um… well, Professor Carter [……………………………]we set up
a focus group to get some[……………………………]interviews but I think that’ll
take a lot of time.
Jenna: Yeah, I agree. If we did a focus group, we’d have to spend time deciding
who to[……………………………]in it and it’s not necessary to do one anyway.
Marco: Oh, fine.
Jenna: And, if you agree, I think we should get in [……………………………]

with the businesses on the list Professor Carter gave us and ask them if they’re
prepared to [……………………………].
Marco: Sounds good – then we can go there, give them […………………………]

and collect them later.
Jenna: Exactly.
Marco: OK. Then do we need to book one of those study rooms in

the[…………………] so we can work together to input the data? Perhaps not, as
I[……………………………]just one of us could just sort it out, actually.
Jenna: Yes, that would be easier. A lot of what we’re doing

is [……………………], so it’ll be writing up rather than [………………………].
No software for that I’m afraid! ,
Marco: And I think it would look better if we had [……………………………]

shots of some of the staff because we’re citing [……………………………]as a
factor in [……………………………], aren’t we?

Jenna: Yeah. OK. I’ll factor that all in when I sort everything out tonight.
Marco: I’m glad we decided to work together. I think it’s going to work out
well.
Jenna: Yes, well, given that we had to work in pairs on this […………………], I
think we were right to choose each other.
Marco: We complement each other [……………………………]as we’re each

good at what the other isn’t! In fact, we should have tried working together
before!
Jenna: Yes! Now, how shall we [……………………………]the work? I’ll do

the[……………………………], shall I?
Marco: Oh – OK.
Jenna: It’s just that it might be [……………………………]because I’m used to

doing it – although your English is better than mine. I need more practice at
reading, really.
Marco: OK. I’ll do the [……………………………]then. If that’s OK with you?
Jenna: Yeah, sure. I don’t mind speaking in public but I hate preparing all the
notes for them. Thing is, the [………………………]said one person should do
the whole[………………………] and he’s said he [……………………………]me
to do it because I haven’t done one yet.
Marco: No, that’s fine. Now… (fade)…

SECTION 4
You will hear a media studies tutor giving a lecture about news sources.
Lecturer:
OK, now many of you will have heard about the [……………………………]death
of newspapers as people increasingly [……………………………]the TV and
the [……………………………]for their news. Today I want to look at the USA,
which has very advanced news [……………………………], to see if this is
actually true.
In the USA the main news sources without [……………………………]are TV,

the internet and the press – that is traditional newspapers. And, although they
are each [……………………………]and[……………………………], they are also
changing. Obviously TV news has been around for a while, and the early
evening [……………………………]when people get in from work are very
popular. I [……………………………]we traditionally think of the morning
newspaper arriving on our [……………………………]with the daily news.
Interestingly, this is not borne out by the[……………………………], which
show that [……………………………]in the US is much higher when people have
time to relax, when they’re not working, especially on Sundays. The internet is
also a popular weekend [……………………………]but shows
no [……………………………]with weekday access. So people are using the
different sources in different ways. Interestingly,[……………………………]has
been hit less by the grip of quite strong local newspapers than by the internet,
which is seen to offer a better [……………………………]. But just because the
internet is seen as the new force in news media does not mean it
is [……………………………]. Television has, of course, been global for a while,
but now [……………………………]changes, which have fuelled the rise of

online news, have also [……………………………]newspapers to print
and [……………………………]editions across the world. In fact, internet news,
which is seen as the big [……………………………]for traditional markets, does
not offer that much[……………………………]. Often the sources are the
online [……………………………]of the newspapers, whereas television, in
order to offer something [……………………………], has had to come up with a
much more [……………………………]bag of reporting from hard news to light
reports on [……………………] events. Another issue is [………………………]–
the internet is virtually [……………………………]so anything can be reported
there, whether true or not. [……………………………]on newspapers have
fought along hard battle to fight[……………………………]and to retain the
freedom of the press. Television, however, is seen as critical
to […………………] power and has become subject to[…………………]controls
about what it can or cannot say.
critical
Now one very [……………………………]in keeping newspapers alive and well
advertising
in the USA has been their approach to [……………………………]. Obviously
dependent
newspapers are heavily[……………………………]on advertising revenue and
they have become more and more[……………………………]in
imaginative what-they offer,
in order to make sure that advertisers use them, and not other
sources
news [……………………………].
belief This has meant that, contrary to
believed newspapers now have a [……………………………]higher significant significantly
popular[…………],
margin
profit[……………………………]than the rest of American industry. So how
manage managed
have they[……………………]to raise advertising [……………………………]in
revenue
this way? Well, they have put a lot of effort into developing and maintaining a
association
very strong[……………………………]with the retail trade. And they’ve come up
with a winner. A critical tool in their sales plan has been suggesting that
the [……………………………]they
adverts run can have vouchers. This has
normally enormously
been [……………………………]effective because they have found that, not only
discounts
do more people buy the paper to get the [……………………………]but also that

inevitively inevitably
this[……………………………]means much higher sales for the clients who
advertised. As well as doing this, the newspapers have also
aggressive
introduced […………………]sales
agressive campaigns over the last few years. This has
significant
resulted in a [……………………………]and continuing rise in the number of
advertisers prepared to pay the [……………………………]for
exxtra full-page ads. So,
what I would like… (fade)…[……………………………]

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND /OR A NUMBER for

each answer
Architecture 21 conference
Conference dates 1__________________
Conference venue 2__________________
Reservations phone no. 3__________________
Student rate per day 4__________________
Contact person 5__________________

Must act fast!
Closing date for talks 6__________________
Summary should have 7__________________
Maximum length 8__________________
Also send 9__________________

Email address 10_________ @uniconf.edu.au
SECTION 2
Question 11
Write NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS OR A NUMBER for the answer.
The house was built between 11_____________________
Question 12
Tick one letter A-C.
It was originally constructed as a/an:
A. family home
B. office
C. public house

Questions 13 -15
Write NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS for each answer.
The house contains art from: 13________________
Until recently, the art gallery was: 14________________
Tomorrow’s talk will be on: 15________________
Questions 16-20
Write NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS for each answer.
Breakfast is served in the cafeteria or: 16_________________
You can choose between an English breakfast or: 17__________________
A car park was built because of an increase in: 18_______________
The garden contains many: 19__________________
The animals at Apsley House are all: 20___________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21 Which college does Chris suggest would be best?
A. Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music
B. The Henry Music Institute
C. The Academy in London
22 What entry requirements are common to all the colleges?
A. an audition
B. an essay
C. an interview
23 How much does the course at Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music

cost?
A. £6,000 a year
B. £7,000 a year
C. £8,000 a year
24 What other expenses are payable to the colleges?
A. application fee

B. insurance
C. train fare
25 When is the deadline for Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music?
A. January 9th
B. January 19th
C. January 30th
Questions 26-30
Which facilities do the colleges have?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 26-30.
Facilities
A. large gardens
B. multiple sites
C. practice rooms
D. recording studio

E. research facility
F. student canteen G technology suite
G. technology suite
Colleges
26. Northdown College
27. The Academy in London
28. Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music
29. The Henry Music Institute
30. The James Academy of Music
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35

answer.
THE HEALTH BENEFITS OF ART AND MUSIC

31. According to the speaker, art and music can benefit patients’ emotional,
______________ and physical well-being.
32. Florence Nightingale first noted the improvements in the year

______________.
33. The results of many studies did not prove a link between health and art as
they were rarely __________________.
34. The American study looked at the effects of architecture on patients’

_________________.
35. The patients who were in a ward with a __________________ were not
in hospital for as long and needed less medication.
Questions 36-40
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Recent Research Projects
Type of Effect on Other

Type of patient
art/music patients improvements
heart rate
Unborn babies 36 _________ mother felt relaxed
increased

improvements in
Cancer patient 37 __________ 38 _________
well-being
Hip replacement
39 _________ eased anxiety 40 staff _______
(elderly)
Answer keys:
1. 18TH – 20TH OCTOBER
2. THE PACIFIC HOTEL
3. 0793332266
4. $60
5. PROFFESORBURT.
6. LAST FRIDAY
7. AN INTERESTING TITLE
8. 300 WORDS
9. BRIEF CV/ SHORT CV (CURRICULUM VITAE)

10. INFO
11. 1771-1778
12. B
13. ALL OVER EUROPE
14. CLOSED TO THE PUBLIC
15. THE ART GALLERY
16. YOUR ROOM
17. VEGETARIAN FOOD
18. VISITORS
19. WILD ANIMALS
20. VERY FRIENDLY
21. B
22. C
23. A
24. A
25. B

26. E
27.B
28. C
29. G
30. D
31. SOCIAL
32. 1860
33. STRICTLY CONTROLLED
34. RECOVERY TIME
35. NICE VIEW
36 .LIVE MUSIC
37. ARTISTIC PICTURES
38. (FELT) LESS PAIN
39. (SOOTHING) CLASSICAL (MUSIC)
40.STAFRFELT / WERE) HAPPIER

SECTION 1
Secretary: School of […………………………….]. Professor Burt’s office.
Student: Oh! Good morning. I was wondering if you could give me some
information about the forthcoming Architecture 21 [……………………….]–
dates,[……………………….]procedures, costs… that sort of thing.
Secretary: Well… the conference runs from the 18th to the 20th of October.
Student: 18th to the 20th of October… Oh good. I’ll still be here then and um…
where[……………….] is it being held? Is it at the […………………………….] as
in previous years?
Secretary: No, it’s actually being held at the Pacific Hotel – we’ve
rather[…………………….]the university conference […………………………….],
so we’ve opted for this new venue.
Student: Right. Paradise Hotel.
Secretary: No. The Pacific – that’s P-A-C-I-F-I-C.
Student: Oh right. And […………………………….]we can get accommodation

at the hotel?

Secretary: Yes, but you’ll need to contact them direct to [……………………….]
that. I’ll give you the number for hotel […………………………….]. Have you
got a pen ready?
Student: Yes, go ahead.
Secretary: It’s area code zero seven and then nine triple three, double two
double six.
Student: And what’s the registration fee?
Secretary: Individual fees are […………………………….]for the three days,

or[…………………………….]a day if you only want to attend for one day.
Student: Are there any student […………………………….]?
Secretary: There’s a 50% concession for students, so that’s $150 for the three
days, or S60 a day.
Student: And am I too late to offer to give a talk?
Secretary: Oh, I’m pretty sure you’ve missed the […………………………….]for

that.
Student: Oh, really? But I’ve only just […………………………….]here in

Australia – is there any way I could have a paper […………………………….]?
Secretary: Well, you’d need to talk to Professor Burt, the conference [……….].
I can put you through, if you like.

Student: That’d be great. Oh and can I just check the spelling of his name. Is
that B-U-R-T?
Secretary: Yes, that’s correct.
Prof. Burt: Professor Burt speaking.
Student: Oh, hello. My name’s John Helstone. I’m an [……………………….]

student at London University. I’m here in Australia for three months, looking
at energy-saving house[…………………………….].
Prof. Burt: Right.
Student: I’m interested in giving a talk on my […………………………….]at the

conference but I believe I may have […………………………….]the deadline.
Prof. Burt: Well, strictly speaking you have. The closing date was last Friday.
Student: Oh, no!
Prof. Burt: But we may be able to include your paper if it fits into
our […………………………….]… but you’ll have to be quick.
Student: OK. What do I need to do?
Prof. Burt: Send me a summary of your talk. And make sure you include
an[……………….] title for the talk. Something to [………………….]people’s
attention.

Student: OK. Interesting title. Right. I’m looking at ways of [……………….]
buildings for […………………………….]climates that don’t rely on the need to
include[…………………………….], so I’m sure I can come up with something.
Prof. Burt: Yes, quite. But remember: the outline should be no more
than[…………………………….].
Student: Right. I’U try to keep it down to 300 words, but would 400 be OK?
Prof. Burt: No, not really, because we have to print it in the […………….]and
we just don’t have the space.
Student: Sure, I understand.
Prof. Burt: And also, can you send me a short CV – the usual stuff – name,
age,[…………………….], that sort of thing.
Student: Right. OK, short CV.
Prof. Burt: Actually, you can email it to me. That’d be [……………………….].
Student: Sure. What’s your email address?
Prof. Burt: Well the best thing would be to send it to the

conference[…………….] officer at info … that’s I-N-F-0 at [………………….].
Student: Right. I’ll do that straight away.
SECTION 2
Good afternoon, everyone, and welcome to Apsley House. My name’s Henry
James and I’m the [……………….] of this, I must say, […………………….]old
house. My staff and I will do all that we can to ensure that your stay here at
Apsley House is both[……………………….]and relaxing.
If you look at the schedule I’ve […………………………….]you will see that we

have planned a number of different activities for you. But what I’d like to do
today is to introduce the house to you. So let’s first deal with the history of the
house.
Apsley House is known as one of the […………………………….]houses in

England. It was originally [………………….] and constructed by the Scottish
born[……………….] Robert Adam between the years [……………………….]
and [………………….], and from day one was the office of the Duke of
Wellington. Back then it was a [……………….]house, but in [……………….]it
opened to the public for the first time.
The Duke of Wellington was an avid […………………………….]of art, and if

you look to the room to your left… {PAUSE) Can everyone see that alright?
Yes? Good. You will see a rather large art[…………………………….]. The
viewing gallery is […………………………….]long and houses a wide range of
art from all over Europe. Until recently, the gallery was closed to
the[…………………………….], but I’m pleased to say that it is now open and
you are free to visit anytime you wish. If you take a look at
the […………………………….] you will see that I’ll be talking to you about the
gallery tomorrow after breakfast, so if you’re interested in art please be here
by […………………………….]for the talk.
This room here, to your right, is the [………………….]. Breakfast is served

from[……………….], although you can request […………………………….]in

your room if you prefer. The dining hall serves a traditional English breakfast,
although[…………………………….]food is available on request. Just let
the […………………………….]staff know the previous evening. Outside you
will find a […………………………….]garden. A section of the garden
was […………………………….]into a car park in […………………………….]to
make way for the growing number of visitors. Nevertheless, much of
it […………………………….]and is an ideal place for you to wander and enjoy
the peace and quiet, or simply sit and read.
There are a lot of animals in the garden, including birds, [………………….],

rabbits, oh, and not to forget Felix the cat. Now don’t be […………………….] if
the animals come up to you. They are used to people and very friendly.
Anyway, dinner will be served at seven, so in the[…………………………….]
please feel free to simply wander and enjoy the[…………………………….]
Apsley House has to offer.
SECTION 3
(A =Anna; C = Chris)
A: Hi Chiis! What are you doing here? I thought you were [………………….] to
be revising for your finals in the library?
C: Yeah, well I […………………………….]it was time for a break. I really wasn’t

being very[…………………………….]so thought I’d come and have
a […………………………….]and some fresh air to see if that’d help. What are
you doing with all those […………………………….]?
A Well I’m trying to decide which university to apply to for my MA in Music.

The choice is really[…………………………….]!
C: Well that certainly is a big pile of prospectuses. Maybe talking about it will
help you at least[…………………………….]it down? I’ve got some time, and to
be honest, it’ll be a welcome[…………………………….]from my dissertation.
A: Great! Thanks Chris. So far, the universities that […………………………….]

the most are The Academy in London, Leeds […………………………….]of
Contemporary Music and The Henry Music […………………………….], which
is also in London.
C: I’m not an expert but wouldn’t The Henry Music Institute be the best as it’s
the one that everyone’s heard of?
A: Well… yes and no. Leeds Conservatory of […………………………….]Music is

also pretty famous and although The Academy in London is less well- known,
they’ve got some[…………………………….]modules on offer.
C; But still, it’s always good to have a […………………………….]name on your

CV, even if Leeds Conservatory of […………………………….]Music and The
Academy in London are good… What about the entry requirements? That
might help you to make a […………………………….].
A: Well, funny you should say that as I was just looking at them. The
Academy in London requires an […………………………….]as does The Henry

Music Institute.
C: Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music doesn’t?
A: No, they want […………………………….]to compose a piece of music

instead, before[…………………………….]an interview.

C: Don’t the others require you to do that? Compose, that is?
A: No, the others ask you to write an […………………………….]stating why you

want to join the course first of all, but if I pass that stage then I’ll also have
to […………………….] a face-to-face interview like the other two places with
the head of school. Assuming that goes OK, then I’ll be [……………………….]
onto the course.
C: Right. Sounds tough!
A: I know, but I […………………………….]it’s for a Master’s degree so I wasn’t

expecting it to be easy.
C: What about the fees? Are they all the same?
A: Well, […………………………….], the fee structures are very different.
C: Why’s that?
A: I really don’t know, but, for example, The Henry Music [………………….] is
the most expensive at £8,000 a year, next comes The Academy in London and
the cheapest is Leeds[…………………………….]of Contemporary Music.
C: Mmm… How much are they exactly?
A: Well, for a full-time course lasting one year it’s […………………………….]at

The Academy in London and […………………………….]at Leeds Conservatory
of Contemporary Music.

C: OK. Well, what other expenses do you have to take into [………………….],
like train fares for example? If you’re going to be travelling home and back
during the holidays, that’s got to be a factor.
A: I’m not worried about that, though […………………………….]is an added

cost as I’ll need to make sure my […………………………….]is covered.
However, all of them require me to send in a[…………………………….]for the
charges for applying before they’ll process my application.
C: Is that normal?
A: Apparently…
C: Can I have a look?
A: Yes, of course. Here you are.
C: Ummmm.
A: What is it?
C: Well, I think you might have a problem.
A: Why? What is it?
C: Well it says here that the deadline is […………………………….]. That’s next

week.
A: Where? Let me see… you’re right! Which […………………………….]is this?

C: The Henry Music Institute…
A: Oh no! What am I going to do?
C: Make your […………………………….]now?
A: Is the closing date the same for all of them?
C: Let’s check… Look here, Leeds Conservatory of Contemporary Music is on

the 19th but The Academy in London isn’t until the [……………………….] of
this month.
A: Ok, I’d better hurry up and make a decision.
A: Right, now, apart from those three […………………………….]I also wanted

to have a quick flick through Northdown College’s and the one from The James
Academy of Music.
C: Look here it is; […………………………….]at Northdown College.
A: What does it say?
C: Well, it has a library with a […………………………….]historical research

section that’s world famous.
A: That’s all very interesting, but it’s not going to make me go there.
C; OK, The Academy in London has four […………………………….]all around

central London. They all have large common rooms and there’s one 24
hour […………………………….]at the biggest site.
A: That’s nice, but for me the most important thing is somewhere
to [………….].
C: Yes, of course.
A: Right, now where did I see it… OK, here it is. Look, now this is good. Leeds
Conservatory of Contemporary Music has over 100 teaching and
practice […………………………….]. What a luxury! Here there are only ten and
it’s really difficult to find one […………………………….]so I often have to play
in the gardens.
C: Oh dear!
A: Anyway, that’s the past and this place looks great!
C: Well what about The Henry Music Institute? Look, there’s a new suite with
the latest that[…………….] has to offer and a small museum [……………….] to
the history of music. That’s really impressive!
A: I don’t think I’m really that interested in using […………………………….]

while making music, so that’s not a selling point really. But look, this place is
interesting. The James[…………………………….] of Music. It comes
recommended by lots of people in the music[…………………………….], and all
of its courses have a business […………………………….]as well as having a
professional studio for recording albums.
C: Wow! That sounds really cutting-edge. So are you any closer to making
a[…………………………….]now?
SECTION 4

(P = Professor McKinley; M – Michael)
P: Hello everyone. Before we continue with our […………………………….]on

the history of music and art, we’ll be listening to Michael’s [………………….]
on how music and art are being used to help with the healing process in
the […………………………….]. Michael, are you ready to begin?
M: Yes, I think so… Thanks professor. Right. Good morning all. As Professor
McKinley just stated, I’ve been doing some […………………………….]into the
healing powers of art and music, and I’d like to present my findings to you
today. I intend to [………………………….] the positive effects of music and art
on patients’ [……………….], social as well as physical[…………………….].
Let’s begin by going back in time to the most famous of nurses, Florence
Nightingale. Way back in […………………………….], Florence Nightingale
wrote in her Notes on Nursing that brightly[…………………………….]flowers
and art helped her patients to recover more quickly. Although
her […………………………….]were viewed with […………………………….]at
the time, she was – we believe – the first of many health […………………….] to
state this. Over the following years, there were many other studies that tried to
prove that a link between art, music and health[…………………………….], but
very few of them were strictly […………………………….], so the results were
variable, and therefore […………………………….]. However, one American
study was different. In the […………………………….], some research took
place into the effects of[…………………………….]on the recovery time
of [………………….] who were in hospital for a gall [……………….]operation.
Half of the patients were kept in hospital wards with
windows […………………………….]some trees. The other half were left in
rooms that faced onto a […………………………….]. It was found that the ones
with a nice view left hospital a day earlier and needed

fewer […………………………….]. This study was groundbreaking as it was the
first that used […………………………….]conditions that could be measured
statistically and without […………………………….].
M: Now I’d like to bring you up-to-date and take a closer [……………….]look
at three research projects on three very different types of patient. The
first […………………………….]the health of unborn babies. In the study, which
took place at a hospital in London, babies were played live music and their
heart rates were monitored. A healthy baby’s heart would beat
around […………………………….]times a minute, but researchers found that
their heart rate[…………………………….]by up to 15 beats a minute on average
without the mother’s[…………………………….]changing. This is a good sign
that the baby is healthy. In addition, the mothers that took part in
the […………………………….]also said they felt more relaxed.
Another study looked at cancer patients who were visiting as day patients to
receive their[…………………………….]treatments. They were treated in a room
that had[…………………………….]pictures hanging on the wall. The pictures
were changed each week so that the patients would not have to look at the
same ones week after week. When questioned[…………………………….],
patients said that they felt less pain because the images helped take their mind
off the […………………………….]they were receiving. They also noted
general[…………………………….]in their well-being.
Finally, the last study […………………………….]the treatment of a group of

elderly patients who were in hospital to have a hip […………………………….]
operation, and so they needed to stay for around […………………………….].
The researchers played them 30 minute tracks of[…………………………….]
classical music, but not every day, and then monitored their[……………….]
using a questionnaire. When asked to rate how they felt both with and without

music, the patients […………………………….]stated that they felt less anxious
on the days when they had the music playing. There was a
second […………………………….], but completely understandable result from
the research. The staff liked the music so much that they said they too felt
happier and that they would be less likely to leave the[……………………….] for
a job elsewhere if it were to continue. Now that has to be a good thing, which
will also have a positive effect on the quality of the[…………………………….]
patients receive.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

answer.
Your Best Furniture
Example Answer
Information about special offer Press two
ITEM REQUIRED PRICE
Bed 1 ________ size £189

2___________ White colour £69

Round with
Dinner table 4__________
3___________
Wardrobe 5___________ £399
Questions 6-10
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

Customer’s Details
Name: Daniel Kahn
Address: Hill House
6____________ 16th
Contact number: 4478 0135
Delivery time: 1:00 p.m. – 2:00 p.m. on next 7_______
Total cost: £760
Payment: 8________________
Delivery Fee: Free
Delivery transport: 9________________

Reference number: 10________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

TULIP HOT SPRING GARDEN RESORT
Location: 11_________________ close to Peak Mountains
Hot spring was exploited 12_______________ metres under the ground,
Temperature of Tulip hot spring is 13__________________
Notice for tourists:
Adjust water temperature before bathing.
Do not bath immediately after drink
Do not take your 14_____________ when bathing.
There are:
56 different water sports.

21 different 15 _________________
Questions 16-20
Complete the map below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.

SECTION 3
Questions 21 and 22
21. The conversation may take place in a _____________
A. university.
B. bookstore.
C. canteen.
22. The topic of the first lecture is ______________
A. local snack.
B. study strategies.
C. social life.
Questions 23 and 24
Choose TWO letters, A-E,
Which TWO main factors are important for students’ successful study?
A. using time effectively

B. doing researching
C. taking more lectures
D. working independently
E coping well with stress
Questions 25-30
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS FOR each answer.
25___________ lecture
Prepare for lecture ahead

Listening to lecture
check notes after lecture
PowerPoint
26______________
Group work
need a 27_________________
approach: 28_______________
Reading online materials
method of analyzing

29 a good ________________
Writing essay
30 do __________ before handing in
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40

The Antarctic Polar View project maps Antarctic sea Ice by using 31_______.
Problems to navigate through the water:
the safety of the ship
32____________ the efficiency of the ship
NVSAT Satellite:
Collect data
Identify difference between open water and 33___________________
Scientists can see surface of sea clearly by using 34__________________
Helicopter:
Advantage: can map the sea in the air

Disadvantages: 35 much more_________________
36_________________________
The colour of the map is 37____________________
Problem of sending pictures in Antarctic ship: 38____________________
Measure to the problem: com press images into 39___________________

format
The equipment scientists need for mapping is a 40___________________

on ship.
Answer keys:
1. King
2. Light
3. 6 chairs
4. £229
5. European design
6. Dave Lane
7. Sunday

8. Credit Card
9. Truck
10. FC0418
11. north suburb
12. 3,000
13. 65®C
14. jewellery
15. SPA pools
16. Villa Part
17. Merry Water World
18. Leisure Centre
19. Sports Centre
20. Restaurant
21. A
22. B 23-24 D E

25. record
26. Presentation(s)
27. username and password
28. skimming
29. draft plan
30. proof-reading
31. satellites
32. the speed of the ship
33. (the) sea ice
34. radar
35. difficulty
36. time consumption
37. (shades of) grey
38. Internet connection M’
39. JPEG2000

40. laptop
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation between a customer and a clerk about furniture
information.
Clerk 1: Thank you for calling Your Best […………………………….]Information

Line. In order to deal with all calls […………………………….], we offer you a
number of options. Please listen carefully and press your required number. If
you want to know about our latest[…………………………….], please press 1. If
you want to hear about our new[…………………………….], please press 2. If
you want to make a complaint, please press 3.
Clerk 2: Good afternoon. What can I do for you?
Customer: Good afternoon. I’d like to know some […………………………….].

Clerk 2: Fine. What about furniture would you like to know?
Customer: First of all, I’d like to know about beds. I’d like to buy a new bed.
Clerk 2: Yes. And what kind of bed do you want?
Customer: Do you have a […………………………….]one?
Clerk 2: Of course. What colour do you like?
Customer: I prefer white.
Clerk 2: Let me check. Yes, we have a new one from [………………….] that
came in last week.
Customer: How much is it?
Clerk 2: It is […………………………….].
Customer: Do you have any discount at this moment?
Clerk 2: If your total cost is over […………………………….]you will get

a[…………………………….].
Customer: Great.
Clerk 2: Do you want this bed?
Customer: Yes. And I need a light.

Clerk 2: Where will you fix it in your house?
Customer: My bedroom.
Clerk 2: On the […………………………….]?
Customer: Yes. Oh, I hope it’s white too.
Clerk 2: We have a set of white furniture. How about the light?
Customer: How much is it?
Clerk 2: It is very cheap, only […………………………….]if you take the bed.
Customer: OK. I will take them both.
Clerk 2: Fine. And anything else?
Customer: I want to buy a new dinner table for my dining room.
Clerk 2: What’s your […………………………….]?
Customer: Do you have a round one?
Clerk 2: Yes.
Customer: And with four chairs, no, six that’s better.
Clerk 2: Right. Round with chairs.

Customer: What’s the price of it?
Clerk 2: The domestic one is […………………………….], but the imported

one is[…………………………….].
Customer: The same style?
Clerk 2: Yes.
Customer: I will take the first one.
Clerk 2: OK.
Customer: The last thing I need is […………………………….].
Clerk 2: Wardrobe? Oh, we have some new styles.
Customer: Really? I prefer a […………………………….]design.
Clerk 2: You are so lucky. We got a new one from Italy.
Customer: Great. How much is it?
Clerk 2: It is […………………………….].
Customer: A little expensive.
Clerk 2: Yeah, but it is white.

Customer: Really? That’s fine. I will take it.
Clerk 2: A good choice. Are you our member?
Customer: Yes.
Clerk 2: OK, can you tell me your […………………………….]?
Clerk 2: Let me take down your details first.
Customer: OK.
Clerk 2: What’s your full name?
Customer: Daniel Kahn.
Clerk 2: Could you spell the last name?
Customer: K-A-H-N.
Clerk 2: Right. And your address?
Customer: Hill House, […………………………….].
Clerk 2: Could you spell the street name?
Customer: D-A-V-E.
Clerk 2: Fine. And your contact number?

Customer: […………………………….].
Clerk 2: Well, what time do you want your furniture to arrive?
Customer: How about next week?
Clerk 2: OK. Morning or the afternoon?
Customer: Afternoon.
Clerk 2: How about […………………………….]. on Saturday?
Customer: Sunday is better.
Clerk 2: OK. On Sunday.
Customer: Fine. How much is it all together after [……………………….]?
Clerk 2: Let me see. The total price is [……………………….], after discount

is…[………………….].
Customer: OK. May I pay by credit card?
Clerk 2: Of course you can.
Customer: Oh, does this price include […………………………….]fee?
Clerk 2: Because you are our […………………………….]and live not far from
us, the fee is free.

Customer: That’s so great.
Clerk 2: We have a truck to deliver all your orders to your house next Sunday.
Can you take down your […………………………….]number?
Customer: Yes. Please tell me.
Clerk 2: […………………………….].
Customer: Great. Thank you very much.
Clerk 2: You are welcome. Good bye.
Customer: Good bye.
SECTION 2
Receptionist: Good afternoon. How can I help you?
Customer: Good afternoon. I’d like to enquire about some information[........]

resort.
Receptionist: What kind of resort would you prefer?
Customer: I want a hot spring resort and it is better to have some indoor or
outdoor water[……………….].
Receptionist: OK. Let me check. How about Tulip Hot Spring Garden Resort?

Customer: Tell me some details, please.
Receptionist: Fine. It is […………………………….]in the north suburb near

Peak Mountains. Covering about […………………………….]acres of green land
with refreshing[…………………………….], the resort provides various kinds
of […………………………….]for sports, entertainment, leisure and meetings.
And the best part is its hot spring.
Customer: Great. Could you give me some introduction about the hot spring?
Receptionist: The millennium […………………………….]of the Tulip hot

spring was[…………………………….]3,000 metres deep under the ground. It is
sulphur hot spring. The major […………………………….]is sulphur.
Customer: I heard that when sulphur is […………………………….], it’s armless

to the human body.
Receptionist: Yes. It plays a […………………………….]role in softening the

skin,[…………………………….]the skin and beautifying the skin. It can lower
blood[…………………………….]and reduce blood fat.
Customer: That’s so great. How about its temperature?
Receptionist: It’s 65°C. There are some […………………………….]about the

hot spring.
Customer: Attentions?
Receptionist: Yes. The hot spring water contains various […………………….]

which come out first in black colour, change to clear water [………………….]

with a mineral smell. Adjust water […………………………….]to one’s comfort
before bathing.
Customer: OK.
Receptionist: And do not bath immediately after drinking and please take
your[…………………………….]off when you are bathing.
Customer: Fine. How about water activities?
Receptionist: Merry Water World has […………………………….] different

water sports for tourists. You can experience four different […………………….]
rooms and 21 different SPA[…………………………….]. For a change, one can
try the standard swimming pool, tennis courts and the […………………….].
Customer: Can you tell me the location?
Receptionist: Let me show you the map of the resort.
Customer: Fine.
Receptionist: Now we are standing at the […………………………….]of the

Main Hall. It is at the bottom of your map and […………………………….]to our
left is Villa Part. There are[…………………………….]villas and suites which
have their own hot springs.
Customer: Fine.
Receptionist: The large building with a big […………………………….]behind

the Main Hall is Merry Water World – the water sports centre.
Customer: Yes. I know.
Receptionist: On the top left of the map is the Leisure Centre. There are sauna
bath for women,[…………………………….]theatre, kids room, video games
room, VIP room, tea house and beauty salon.
Customer: Great. And where is the tennis court?
Receptionist: It is in the Sports Centre which is located between […………….]

and the Tulip Garden.
Customer: Tulip Garden?
Receptionist: Yes. You can appreciate the beautiful tulips in the garden.
Customer: Fine. Can you tell me what kinds of sports are there in the centre?
Receptionist: There is tennis court, […………………………….], table tennis,

shooting, arrow shooting, and […………………………….].
Customer: Do you have a restaurant?
Receptionist: Of course. The building next to Garden is the restaurant.
Customer: What dishes does it serve?
Receptionist: We have French food, Spanish food, Indian food and [………….].
Customer: That’s so great.

Receptionist: If you want to book a villa, fill in the form.
Customer: Thank you very much.
Receptionist: You are welcome.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation about a student’s study.
Professor: Good morning, everyone. Welcome to the Study Centre of The

Cardiff University. I am Professor Jody, your student study [………………….].
I know as a new student you will meet some […………………………….]with
your studies and life. So we will have three[…………………………….]lectures:
study [……………………….] on today, social life and local[…………………….]
on next Monday and Tuesday. I will introduce you to some study skills and
answer your questions. Well, first of all, let’s talk about some[………………….]
which can affect your study. What problems do you meet as
a[…………………………….]?
Student 1: Yes, professor, what’s the biggest difference between university

and[…………………………….]school regarding study?
Professor: A good question. I think the biggest […………………………….]is

that a university student will have to do a lot of work on their own, such as
doing research.
Student 1: Do you mean we should read and think […………………………….]?

Professor: Yes. That’ the first important factor of being a […………………….]
university student.
Student 2: Fine.
Student 1: How about taking more […………………………….]? I heard that

they can help our studies. Is that right?
Professor: Some students prefer to attend more extra lectures to

improve[…………………………….]. But in fact, it might affect their own study.
My advice is to use your[…………………………….]time. I mean you should
know how to take control of your time and work […………………………….].
Student 1: Fine.
Professor: Another factor is to […………………………….]your stress. Many

students usually have a feeling of […………………………….], particularly for
overseas students. There is no family or friends here so maybe [……………….]
and heavy studies can lead to a great stress. So I[…………………………….]if
you come in contact with such troubles, it is a good way to make some new
friends or take up some social […………………………….]on the weekends.
Student 2: How do we know about the social activities, professor?
Professor: You may get the activity […………………………….]from the Student

Union.
Student 2: Fine.

Professor: Well, let’s talk about some study […………………………….]. Where
should we begin?
Student 1: How about listening to a lecture?
Student 2: Yes. I am worried about that too.
Professor: OK. If you cannot keep up with the […………………………….]why

not prepare a recorder or something like that to record the lecture.
Student 2: Good idea.
Professor: And I think you should prepare lecture […………………………….]in

advance and then check your notes with other students after the lecture if you
cannot take them all at the lecture.
Student 1: Great. And how about […………………………….]. Do we have to do

many presentations?
Professor: Yes. You will do presentations nearly on all subject lectures.
Student 1: Should we use […………………………….]?
Professor: Yes. Of course.
Student 2: And can we choose a partner to do presentation together?
Professor: Maybe or maybe not. Sometimes you can have a group presentation
but you have to do it by yourself on most lectures.

Student 2: OK. I know.
Student 1: Professor, I know we have to spend a lot of time reading [………….].

I want to know if we can get them from the Internet.
Professor: Sometimes you can read materials at the computer home.
Student 2: Really?
Professor: Yes. But, you must have a […………………….] and[……………….]

from The Computer Centre.
Student 2: Fine.
Professor: And usually you will have many […………………………….]journals

to read, so a right reading method is very important.
Student 1: What kind of method?
Professor: The approach I use is […………………………….]. It means to skim

the book first to see what’s important and what isn’t.
Student 2: Do we need to […………………………….]a skill of analysing

reading?
Professor: Yes. That’s the next important method of reading. The method can
help you to remember what you have read.
Student 2: Fine. And how about the […………………………….]?

Professor: You will write a lot of essays as your assignment.
Student 2: […………………………….]?
Professor: Yes.
Student 1: How about the strategy of writing essays?
Professor: First you should make a good draft plan for writing, and
pay[………………….] to the [………………….].
Student 2: Deadline?
Professor: Yes.
Student 2: Can we extend that?
Professor: You could ask for your personal […………………………….],
Student 2: Fine.
Professor: And before handing in your work to your tutor or [……………….]

you should do proof reading first to check form, grammar, spelling and
references.
Student: OK.
Professor: If you meet some other problems with your study you can ask your
tutor for help. Well, any other questions?

SECTION 4
You will hear a conversion about technology.
(Christine = C; Andrew Flemming = A)
C: Welcome to “The Magic Earth”. I’m […………………………….]. Today, we

have invited a[…………………………….]Andrew Flemming – the leader from
“The British[…………………………….]Survey” – to give us an introduction
about “using[…………………………….]to map Antarctic sea ice”. Welcome
Andrew Hemming.
A: Thank you Christine. Well, as you know, cruising in the Southern Ocean
isn’t always plain sailing. But as it is becoming important to find better ways
of […………………….] safely and avoiding future […………………………….]
because of increasing visitor ships, the Antarctic Polar View project is
using […………………………….]to map the sea ice to help ships find the best
way in the vast […………………………….]. There are very
large […………………………….]of heavy ice in the water which might look
beautiful and white with[…………………………….]dancing on top of it, but I
believe you do not want to hit it very fast with a ship. Otherwise your ship will
be […………………………….], and therefore[…………………………….]through
it is an important problem, not only in terms of the safety of the ship, but in
terms of the speed of the ship, and the […………………………….]of the ship.
So you could have another choice for example, take a quicker
and […………………….] rather than spending an […………………………….]
amount of time going through an area of very thick ice. The quickest way to
travel is to clear water […………………………….], but it is a difficult task to
find these routes. The area we’re dealing with is absolutely [………………….].
The only way of […………………………….]that area of ocean effectively is by

using satellites. Therefore, we use a satellite named NVSAT which is a satellite
that[…………………………….] information and picks up […………………….]
in ocean surface […………………………….]and that helps us to see the
difference between open water and the sea ice. Radar allows
the [………………….] team to see straight through the clouds down to
the [……………………….] of the sea. With detailed images, it’s even possible to
see cracks in the surface which can lead to […………………………….]ice falls.
Wherever possible we would use[…………………………….]quite a lot and put
them up in the air to map the ice and look for where we might find what we
call leads, you know, which are large areas of clear water that the ship might be
able to move through. But it is certainly a much more difficult and
time¬[…………………………….] operation.
C: So does the image that you get from the Polar View map give
good[…………………………….]of what you’re actually seeing out there on the
sea?
A: Yes, it does. We cannot yet know clearly about the [……………………….] of

the sea ice, but one of the science […………………………….]that we were doing
last summer was looking at doing some of that work using satellites as well, so
that’s going to be quite an exciting[…………………………….]. The map was
coloured in various […………….]. But it didn’t take long to spot the difference
between the dark smooth open water and light[……………………….] areas of
sea ice. The first step is to take the image merely, which has to be sent to the
ship.
C: How about others?
A: Internet connection in the Antarctic and on ships is [………………………….]

poor.

And that has meant that we have to […………………………….]the image a lot,
cut a lot and delete some of the details in the image as a result.
C: Have you solved the problem?
A: Yes. The normal way that we are doing this is by […………………………….]

the images into a foi’mat known as […………………………….]. JPEG 2000
allows us to, No. 1, compress the[…………………………….]a lot more, and
secondly it allows us to maintain the[…………………………….]position of the
image. So, it knows where the image is and allows us to[…………………….]
that on a map.
C: And how long does this take?
A: I tested this January over a very narrow dial-up […………………….]

connection and it took a few minutes. Sure. For us it’s made an
enormous [……………….], I mean we now know […………………….]well the
kind of sea ice conditions we’re likely to[…………………………….], so it’s a
fantastic and useful system. We just need a laptop on the ships.
C: That’s great. Thanks for Andrew’s introduction, and… (fade)
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-109/

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4


each answer.
SUMMER TOUR RESERVATION
Example Answer
Nationality: American
Name: Ariel Lee
Contact number: 1______________
Trips have: main resorts

2______________
special activities
Fee: $20 – $35 per person
Leave time: 7:00 a.m.
Transport: minibus or 3 _______
At peak season: tourists have to 4 ________
Complete the table below

each answer.
Number of
Place Date Main Resort
seats
5______National
Sydney 12th January 25
Museum
Birds-watching
6______ 25th January 7_______ Bush-walking
Melbourne Church
Melbourne Exhibition
Melbourne 8_______ 20
Melbourne Exhibition
Diving and swimming

Taking photo of 10
9_______ 23rd February 30
Taking photo of 10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13

11. The main reason for opening bank account is _______________
A. to pay bill easily.
B. to keep money safe.
C. to pay tuition fee.
12. The occupation of the client at present is ______________________
A. professor.
B. dentist.
C. student
13. The recommended bank account by clerk is ____________________
A. Current Account.
B. Deposit Account.
C. Savings Account.
Questions 14-19

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each
answer.
Credit Card Solo Card 14_____________
Annual interest rate 15 ___________ 5.5%
Overdraft
16 ___________
Supply 17 Pay
Moblie service
________________
Deposite at least
18 ____________ No limitation
19 _______________
Question 20
Answer the question below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS OR A NUMBER for the answer.
What time do the most banks open on Saturdays?
_________________________________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23

21. How many parts does a paper include?
A. Three parts
B. Four parts
C. Five parts
22. How many words does a paper need?
A. 1,000-3,000
B. 3,000-4,000
C. 3,000-5,000
23. What’s the tutor’s point about the Internet resources?
A. Critical
B. Negative
C. Positive
Questions 24 and 25
Choose TWO letters, A-E. What does the tutor warn the student about the
paper ?

A. paper deadline
B. research data
C. plagiarism
D. library resources
E. research method
Questions 26-30
AUTHOR TITLE PUBLISHER
Drake Wister 26____________ Cambridge University Press
The Strategy of
27______________ 28_____________
Marketing
Hilary Justice The Economics
29______________ 30____________ Cambridge University Press
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34

CREDIT CARD FRAUD
Criminals need a chip and 31_________________ to steal credit card’s

details.
Methods of copying a magnetic stripe:
to 32_______________________
to use an entire counterfeit
to use a 33___________________
£100 for equipment and 34________________________
Questions 35-40

answer.
The terminals have a function of 35_______________ to credit fraud

Professionals in the U.K. use 36_________________ to monitor the cash
machines.
A magnetic strip on the credit card is designed for 37__________________

customers.
Most banks arrange a 38__________________ between convenience and

security.
The fraud rate has fallen by 39_____________________.
Evidence indicates fraud has always related to 40___________________.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about travel.
Man: Good afternoon. The Australia Travel […………………………….], how

can I help you?

Woman: Good afternoon. I’d like to know some information about trips to
different[…………………………….].
Man: OK. Can you tell me some of your details first?
Woman: Of course.
Man: What’s your […………………………….]?
Woman: I’m a first year student.
Man: Are you an […………………………….]?
Woman: No. I’m from New York.
Man: So you are American?
Woman: Yes.
Man: What’s your full name?
Woman: My name is Ariel Lee.
Man: Tell me your contact number please?
Woman: It is […………………………….]. And my address?
Man: No. We just need your contact number.

Woman: OK. Can you introduce me some […………………………….]?
Man: Obviously it […………………………….], but always places of famous

main resorts, such as Sydney, Melbourne or some places like that.
Woman: Just tour resorts? I mean does that include other [………………….]?
Man: Yes. Besides main resorts we will […………………………….]for you to

enjoy some local[…………………………….]and some special activities.
Woman: So, how much does it cost?
Man: Usually, it varies between […………….] dollars and[………………….]

dollars per head, depending on the place.
Woman: And what is the departure date and time?
Man: It depends on […………………………….]. But try to keep the departure

time
fixed.
Woman: When?
Man: 7 o’clock in the morning.
Woman: And how about the transport?
Man: We have minibus or coach depending on the number of […………….].

Woman: May I need a […………………………….]?
Man: Yes. You know summer holidays are coming. So I suggest that our
tourists reserve a seat in [……………………….].
Woman: Is there a […………………………….]for that?
Man: I’m sorry. We do not have any discounts during peak season.
Woman: Could you tell me some details of the trips?
Man: Yes, the first place is Sydney. That’s on the […………………………….].

We’ll have twenty-five people in a minibus.
Woman: Fine. Going to which attraction?
Man: We will visit one of the most famous theatres in the world.
Woman: The Sydney Opera House?
Man: Right. You can […………………………….]to watch an opera there.
Woman: Really? What’s the name of the opera?
Man: I’m not sure. Let me cheek the House’s […………………………….]. And
then you can visit the National Museum to know about the history and
customs of Australia.
Woman: Great.

Man: In the evening you can enjoy some […………………………….]if you like.
Woman: Fine.
Man: We’re going to the Blue Mountains on the […………………………….].
Woman: Blue Mountains? Is it a blue mountain?
Man: The mountain got its name for blu? fog. It is usually [………………….]
by a blue fog.
Woman: That’s so interesting.
Man: Yes. It is a popular place for young men because they are so cool and
you can enjoy lots of sports there, such as […………………………….], bush-
walking and […………………………….].
Woman: How many people will go there together?
Man: You will take a coach that has about […………………………….].
Woman: Fine.
Man: And the next place is Melbourne on the tenth of February with about
twenty people in the minibus.
Woman: What’s the resort? You could […………………………….]the famous

Melbourne Church and maybe you might have a chance to attend a
local […………………………….]if they hold it as usual.

Woman: Fine. Do you have some tours to the beach?
Man: Yes. One of the most famous coral reefs in the world is the
Great Barrier Reef and we arrange that on the […………………………….].
Woman: I’m looking forward to visiting there.
Man: Yes. Many people like there. There are some interesting water sports,
such as diving and[…………………………….]in the water or just taking photo
of coral.
Woman: Great. I guess there will be many people.
Man: Yes. But our coach is only for thirty people all together.
Woman: That’s so great. Can you book a seat for me now?
Man: Yes. And I will confirm your […………………………….]number later by

telephone, OK?
Woman: Right. Thank you very much.
Man: You’re welcome. I hope you will enjoy the trip.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation in a bank.

Man: Good morning. I’d like to open a […………………………….], please.
Woman: Good morning. What kind of account do you want to open?
Man: I’m not sure. Perhaps you can give me some […………………………….].
I only want to[…………………………….]money in the bank and pay all kinds of
bills easily.
Woman: Fine. I’ve got the […………………………….]form here. First of all,

can I have your full name please?
Man: Richard Lee. • .
Woman: Fine, Richard, what’s your […………………………….]?
Man: I’m studying a Doctor degree now although I was a […………………….]

before coming here.
Woman: Well, so you are a student.
Man: What kind of account can you suggest for me?
Woman: How about a Deposit Account?
Man: What’s the difference between that and a […………………………….]?
Woman: There are many differences such as the interest rate, […………….]
and service and so on.
Man: Fine. I will take your […………………………….].

Woman: OK. Let’s talk about the main two account cards of the Deposit
Account.
Man: Fine.
Woman: One card is called the […………………………….]and the other one is

named Master Card.
Man: Which one is better for me?
Woman: Let me introduce you to some differences of the two cards.
Man: OK.
Woman: The first one is annual […………………………….].
Man: Which one is higher?
Woman: Of course. It is the Master Card. At present its rate is [……….],

but the Solo Card is only […………………….]Man: How about the other
differences?
Woman: The service supplied with the two cards.
Man: Could you speak […………………………….]?
Woman: We usually supply Internet service and mobile service of all cards, of
course including the Solo Card.

Man: Yes. I’d like to ask for the service of mobile and oh, does Solo Card have
an[…………………………….]?
Woman: I’m sorry. But Master Card has such a service.
Man: Fine.
Woman: If you want to take more money out of the bank than you have in it –
be very careful – you should not do this without the bank [………………….]
and you will have to pay some charge.
Man: Do you mean interest?
Woman: No. I mean the […………………………….].
Man: How much is that charge?
Woman: According to the bank rules the minimum fee is about 2%.
Man: Fine.
Woman: The last item of the two cards is the […………………………….]. There
is no limitation of this Solo Card, but if you want to get Master Card you
should deposit a[…………………………….]sum of fifteen hundred pounds in
the first time.
Man: Oh. What’s the […………………………….]of money?
Woman: What do you mean?

Man: I mean I cannot deposit cash when I open a bank account.
Woman: Don’t worry! We […………………………….]cash and check or even

money order.
Man: Great.
Woman: So which card do you decide to open?
Man: I’d like to open the […………………………….].
Woman: A good choice. How often would you like to receive your [………….]?
Man: Monthly please.
Woman: OK. The last one you should know is the opening time. Banks usually
open from[…………………………….]. until […………………………….]. from
Monday to Friday, but most branches open until 3:30 p.m. on Saturdays.
Man: OK, I see. Thank you very much.
Woman: You’re welcome.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between a student and her tutor about the
assignment.

Student: Good morning. Oh, it just hit twelve. Good morning. Mrs. Potter, may
I come in?
Tutor: Oh, Jerry, of course. Come in and take a seat please.
Student: Thank you.
Tutor: Well, how about your […………………………….]?
Student: Do you mean my paper?
Tutor: Yes.
Student: I still think about the draft, but I hope you can give me some help
and[…………………………….].
Tutor: Of course. How long will it take you to finish your draft?
Student: Er… I’m not sure, may be three days?
Tutor: My advice is that you should spend a lot of time on your draft. As you
know a good beginning is very […………………………….]for a paper. A good
draft can help you outline your paper even benefit your […………………….].
Student: OK. I will try my best to write up my work. Mrs. Potter, how many
parts in a paper?
Tutor: Generally speaking, there are four parts and [……………………….].
Student: So there are five parts?

Tutor: Right. Contents, introduction, main body…
Student: And conclusion?
Tutor: Yes, and […………………………….].
Student: So how about the words […………………………….]of my paper?
Tutor: According to […………………………….]you have to write at least three

thousand words and not over five thousand.
Student: OK. Three to five thousand.
Tutor: Right. How about your research?
Student: I haven’t begun to do the […………………………….].
Tutor: Why?
Student: Because I’m not sure about the research […………………….]. I mean
I cannot decide to use which one now.
Tutor: I remember I suggested you to use the method of interview.
Student: Yes, but I think maybe […………………….]is better for my work.
Tutor: Really? Tell me your reason.

Student: I have to spend some time of the day on a part-time job, so I think
maybe a questionnaire is a good way to […………………………….]the data that
I need.
Tutor: Fine. Oh, do you search […………………………….]or data from the

Internet?
Student: Yes. I think it is a good way to collect data and as you know it can
help me save lots of time.
Tutor: Jerry, in fact, many students do most of their research on the Internet.
You might think that it is an easier way to get […………………………….]but
most data are from highly[………….] resources. So be [………….………….].
Student: OK, I will pay attention to that.
Tutor: Then, there are some things you should consider when you write the
paper.
Student: OK.
Tutor: Be careful with your references and […………………………….]and do

not share other people’s work. I mean you should write clearly
about […………………………….]and do not forget to acknowledge the original
writers. Otherwise, you will be failed for […………………………….].
Student: OK, I’ve got it.
Tutor: The other point is…

Student: Deadline?
Tutor: No. Deadline is the date of handing in your work. You’d better hand in
on time. But if you have a […………………………….]excuse you can ask
for […………………………….].
Student: Fine. Sorry to interrupt you.
Tutor: That’s OK. The other point you should pay […………………………….]to
is your research data.
Student: OK. I will write them clearly. Oh, Mrs. Potter could you [………….] to
me some good reference books about the topic of my paper?
Tutor: Fine. Let’s check the reference book list. The first one is Drake Wister’s
book.
Student: Right. What’s the title?
Tutor: Global Economy.
Student: Is it the one published by […………………………….]University

Press?
Tutor: Right. And I think Victoria Smith’s book is a good choice.
Student: What’s that title?
Tutor: The Strategy of Marketing.

Student: And which […………………………….]?
Tutor: London Press.
Student: Fine. How about others?
Tutor: The book called The Economics Tendency is a good one for your paper.
Student: Really? And the writer and the publisher?
Tutor: The writer is Hilary Justice and the publisher is Oxford University
Press.
Student: Can I borrow it from the […………………………….]? ,
Tutor: Of course.
Student: Great.
Tutor: And the last one that is […………………………….]to your work is the
book of William Hanna.
Student: How do you spell his surname?
Tutor: H-A-N-N-A.
Student: OK. And the title of his book?
Tutor: Business […………………………….]published by Cambridge University

Press.
Student: OK.
Tutor: But you cannot borrow the book from library.
Student: Why?
Tutor: Because it belongs to the closed […………………………….]you have to

read it in library. •
Student: OK. Thank you very much.
Tutor: You’re welcome.
SECTION 4
You will hear a cofiversion about credit card fraud.
Host: Hello. In today’s […………………………….]we have invited Ken Farrow

– a Head of Financial Crime at Lloyds TSB to introduce some information
about credit card[…………………………….]. Welcome Farrow.
Farrow: Thanks Catherine.
Host: Has a Chip and PIN given new chances for thieves to steal the details of
our credit cards?
Farrow: Maybe. In the past there were typically […………………………….]

ATMs in the U.K. when people’s PIN could be collected and now there’s
hundreds of thousands of points of sale[…………………………….]. It’s a fraud

where criminals capture details and then make a[…………………………….]
strip card copy.
Host: How easy is to do this?
Farrow: One way is to modify a terminal so that’s what’s been happening often
in the pas with[………………….]– the same can be done for [……………….]
and [……………….] terminals. The other way is to […………….]it with an
entire counterfeit. There’ve been [………………….] in America and in Europe
with[…………….] fake ATMs being set up. The last way is to set up
a[……………….] camera; and have somebody using […………………….]of
hand to swipe your card through another machine so that you don’t even need
to[………………….]the main machine.
Host: If someone decided to set up a little device to modify one of these hand
held PIN pads, how easy would that be to do?
Farrow: Usually it wouldn’t be […………………………….]too hard, you just

need about[…………………………….]to prepare for some equipment’s and raw
parts, but it would take some[…………………………….]time and effort.
The […………….] themselves have a function of tamper […………………….]. If
you try to open the casing, the machines will shut down and make
them […………………………….], but there’s only so much they can do against
a […………………………….]attacker compared with an ATM. Well once a card
is copied and the PIN is […………………………….], crooks can make a fake
card and use the PIN to withdraw money.
Host: Do all Cash machines accept these cards in the U.K.?

Farrow: Cash machines in the U.K. may not […………………………….]these
cards but many machines abroad will.
Host: Why?
Farrow: It depends on our radar. We can […………………………….]know what

they are doing while […………………………….]can’t break the Chip at the
moment so what they are doing is to use the old method to skim
the […………………………….]strips on the cards. However, they’ve realised
that they cannot […………………………….]in the U.K., so they go on to
the[…………………………….]and to other countries in the Far East and use
them where ATMs are not […………………………….]for Chip use.
Host: Right, so they can take old style card and use it abroad and get the cash
out more easily?
Farrow: That’s right. There is a magnetic strip […………………………….]to the

card for customers who are travelling.
Host: So what are you doing about this increase of use

in […………………………….]cash machines of card that have been stolen here?
Farrow: What we’re doing is to gradually […………………………….]our

security blanket. That means we will […………………………….]the card usage
whether it’s in the U.K. or abroad. If we feel there’s something wrong we will
contact and confirm with the customer. We’re up against[…………………….]
crime and organized crime is trying to get one step ahead of us and we’re
trying to keep one step ahead of them.

Host: Yes. How does […………………………….]work in U.K. machines?
Because sometimes fake card will work there as well, won’t they?
Farrow: When a bank is looking at its […………………………….]it has to

balance up convenience to customers with security.
Host: Yes. So what are you doing to make things more secure?
Farrow: I think the Chip and PIN […………………………….]has really

improved and if you look at the […………………………….]in fact hard fraud
has […………………………….]by 24% over the last period. I think you can say
this programme has done well.
Host: Yes. I can see the […………………………….]but there has been a huge
amount of[…………………………….]in the press this week. Some banks have
stopped using PINs – doesn’t that […………………………….]the public’s trust
in this new system? And some people even think the new system
is […………………………….]for new fraud.
Farrow: I don’t think so. I’m not going to […………………………….]on

particular cases. What I would say is that usually the [……………………….] of
crime has always been with the old[…………………………….]not with the new.
Host: So new technology seems to be working well.
Farrow: That’s right.
Host: OK, thanks for your professional introduction. See you next time.
Farrow: See you.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
FLAT FACILITIES REPAIRS
Example Answer
The reason for dialing: complain
Full name: 1__________________
Address: International House
Room number: 2__________________
Register number: 3__________________
Length of stay: 4__________________
Questions 5-7

ITEM PROBLEMS
tap in bathroom 5 __________________
6 ________________ Broken
TV set 7 __________________
Questions 8-10
8. Time of repairing is at _________________________.
9. Telephone number of the repair man is _______________________.
10. The repairing fee is ________________________.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15

answer.

The Edge Climbing Centre
The Climbing Centre was rebuilt in 11 _______________
Facilities:
12________: 13 meters articulated wall; minus 450 rotation.
Bouldering area: a mixture of flat panels and featured walls.
A small 13 ______: easy standard.
Relaxing place: offer a 14__________________
Changing areas: on the upper floor
Locker keys: get from 1__________________
Questions 16-18

answer.
Entry
Membership Period Annual fee Course fee
requirement

6 months: £18
12 months:
Golden 18 ages and above 6-12 months free
16______
Silver 18 ages and above 1 year £20 17______
Bronze 18________ 1 year £20 £1
Questions 19-20
Write TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Opening time: 10:00 a.m. -10:30 p.m. on Monday to

Friday
19______________ on Saturday and

Sunday
Training course: Outdoor course
20______________: beginners

SECTION 3
Questions 21-28
each answer.
PLACE FUNCTION
21_______________ Supply library information: Apply for library card
22_______________ Supply computers to search information of books
Leisure Bar Supply ___________________
24_______________ Dictionaries; Course books; Literature materials
25_______________ Important books
Periodical Room Current issues; Newspapers; Magazines; 26__________
27_______________ Photocopier and printer
Conference Room Work table and 28__________________
Questions 29-30
Choose TWO letters, A-E. Which of the TWO following warnings are to
students?
A. Reference book
B. Recalled book

C. Back newspaper
D. Library Card
E. Student locker
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Holidays and Festivals
The main religion in Britain is 31______________________.
Traditional Christmas activities:
Christmas Pantomime – a comical musical play
32 ___________________ gives a speech on TV and radio.
33 ___________________ is on the day after Christmas.
The most important Christian holiday in Britain is

34____________________

Questions 25-40

each answer.
35 _________ in November
set off fireworks

England Holoday
cook 36 _______
North Ireland Holiday St. Patrick is on 37 _________
38 _________
First Footing
Scotland Holiday
Halloween:
put a candle in 39________
Eisteddfod:
The highlight is to 40________

Wales Holiday
the best two poets.
Answer keys:

Sections 1
1. Kevin Green
2. 16C
3. KG 6037
4. two months
5. leaking
6. stove door
7. no sound
8. 5 p.m.
9. 6543 3747
10. free
11. 1998
12. Main Hall
13. warm-up wall
14. cafe

15. reception
16. £30
17. £1
18. 14-17 ages
19. 10:00 a.m. – 8
20. Indoor course
21. Reception
22. Computer Section
23. drink and snacks
24. Reference Room
25. Closed Reserve Room
26. journals
27. Photocopy Room
28. multimedia equipment

29 . B
30. D
31. Christian

32. Queen
33. Boxing Day
34. Easter
35. Bonfire Night
36. potatoes and sausages
37. 17th March
38. New Year’s Eve
39. pumpkins
40. crown
SECTION 1
You will hear a telephone conversation about house facilities.
Agent: Good morning, Campus Flat Agency, how can I help you?
Kevin: Good morning, I’m ringing to [………………….]about problems with

my flat’s facilities.

Agent: Fine. May I take down your details first?
Kevin: Yes.
Agent: What’s your name?
Kevin: Kevin Green.
Agent: OK, Kevin. And your address?
Kevin: I live in […………………………….]House in the South Area.
Agent: Your room number?
Kevin: My room number is […………………………….].
Agent: On which floor?
Kevin: The third floor.
Agent: OK, third floor, room 16C. Are you a […………………………….]student

at university?
Kevin: Yes, I am.
Agent: What’s your registration number?
Kevin: It is […………………………….].

Agent: OK. What’s your […………………………….]?
Kevin: Computer Science.
Agent: How long is your flat lease?
Kevin: I’m not sure. Let me check. It is one year.
Agent: How long have you been in the flat?
Kevin: Just two months.
Agent: Well, what are the problems that you’ve been having?
Kevin: The first thing is the […………………………….].
Agent: Let me take the notes. Tap in your bathroom. What’s wrong with it?
Kevin: It is leaking. I’d really hope to get that […………………………….]right

now.
Agent: OK. How about this afternoon?
Kevin: That’s great.
Agent: Anything else?
Kevin: The next one is the stove in the kitchen.

Agent: What’s the trouble with it?
Kevin: You know the […………………………….]is not a new one when we move
into the flat.
Agent: Yes. Does it work?
Kevin: No, the door of stove is […………………………….].
Agent: OK. How about repairing next week?
Kevin: Fine. And the last point is the problem of TV set.
Agent: What’s the […………………………….]with TV set?
Kevin: It had no sound from the day before yesterday.
Agent: Fine.
Kevin: I do hope you can repair it as soon as […………………………….]. You

know there will be a very good football match tomorrow evening. We all hope
to watch it.
Agent: OK. How about we repair it at the same time with your stove?
Kevin: Great.
Agent: Anything else?
Kevin: No. Just […………………………….].

Agent: OK. We will get a repair man over to you tomorrow afternoon, are you
available at that time?
Kevin: I will return to the flat at about […………………………….].
Agent: So how about 5 o’clock?
Kevin: Fine.
Agent: You can contact the repair man if your time will be changed.
Kevin: OK.
Agent: His phone number is […………………………….].
Kevin: Right.
Agent: Do you have any questions?
Kevin: Let me think, yes, how about the repair fee?
Agent: Usually, the price is at least […………………………….], but you just use
two months, so we offer free repair.
Kevin: That’s so great. Thank you very much.
Agent: You are welcome. Goodbye.
Kevin: Goodbye.

SECTION 2
You will hear a lecture about a sports centre.
Welcome to the […………………………….]Climbing Centre, I’m Jason White,

manager[…………………….]. I’d like to give you an introduction about the
climbing centre. The Edge Climbing Centre was opened in […………………….],
and reconstructed and[…………………………….]its original size in 1998. The
Edge is a founder member of the[…………………………….]of British Climbing
Walls and supports the work of the British[…………………………….]Council.
As you know [………………….]is a great activity for keeping fit and healthy. So
we aim to provide a climbing experience that is[…………………………….],
imaginative and challenging. Let’s begin with our[…………………………….].
The first one I’d like to introduce you to is the Main Hall. With
over[……………….]the main hall packs in a huge […………………………….]of
climbs on featured and flat panels. Our facilities are […………….]developing
and feature a 13 meters […………………………….]wall that can rotate to minus
45°. Easier routes can be top- roped; other routes have quick-draws in place of
the lead [……………….]. We think we have every angle […………………….]!
Our Bouldering area is one of the best of its kind in the country. A mixture of
flat panels and […………………………….]walls provide overhanging cracks,
flakes, pockets and comers. There are angles to suit everyone from the
beginner to the most […………………………….]climber. Located just next to
our bouldering area is a small[…………………………….]wall. You can climb at
an easy standard to get those bones moving. There are lots of big holds
small [………………….]. In addition, it is also[…………………………….]with
top-ropes that are ideal for […………………………….]techniques to novices.
Our café is a relaxing place to have a rest between climbs, with plenty of
choice. We sell tea, coffee and soft drinks, as well as a range
of […………….]cakes. The Edge has two changing areas located on the upper

floor. There are also […………………………….], washing facilities and lockers.
Locker keys are available from […………………………….].
At the Edge you can pay per visit or save on course fees by becoming our
member. We have three types of memberships. Gold Membership is ideal for
regular visitors. Our gold[…………………………….]packages are available for 6
or 12 month periods. You should pay[…………………………….]for half year
and […………………………….]for one year. You do not need to pay any course
fees. The fee of our 12 months’ […………………………….]package is £20.
Climbers have to pay £1 for each course. Both gold membership and silver
membership is offered to climbers over the age of 18. [……………………….],
younger climbers aged from 14 to 17, should try the [………….]membership
which is more suitable. It has the same[…………………………….]and price as
the silver membership. We open at[…………………………….]in the morning
to [………………….]in the evening from Monday to Friday, we are open until 8
o’clock in the evening on weekends. Please pay[…………………………….], we
don’t open on bank holidays. We also offer training courses which
are [………………….]for inexperienced climbers on Monday and Wednesday
evening. You can choose outdoor course or indoor course depending on your
needs. Usually the indoor course is […………………………….]for beginners. If
you want to know more details about it please visit our […………………….].
Miss Morris will give you a hand. Thanks for[…………………………….]the
introduction lecture of the Edge Climbing Centre. I hope you will enjoy our
facilities in the future.
SECTION 3
You will hear lecture about a university library.

Well, first of all, welcome to the […………………………….]tour of university
library. I’m David White-a library staff here. I know all of you are new
students. You will probably need some sort of […………………………….]to
help you to use the library [………………….]for your study and research.
Today, I’d like to introduce you to the different parts and[………………….]of
the library. Now, let’s start our tour from the[…………………………….]here. As
you can see there are […………………………….]. First of all, I will introduce
you to the ground floor.
There are three parts of the […………………………….]floor. The first one we

face now is Reception. It […………………………….]library information to all
visitors. As a new student, you should apply for your library card first before
using library […………….]. Remember to take one [………………….]photo
and your union card when you come here to register. Next to it is Computer
Section on the right of entrance. As you see there are[………………….]for
students to search library resources such as[…………………………….]books.
You can also search library information by using your own[……………….]in
the house, but you should get your […………….]and[………………….]when
you register in the Computer Centre tomorrow. The last section on the ground
floor is the [……………….]. We make sure there is no food or drink in our
reading room. If you are hungry you can go to Leisure Bar on the corner of
ground floor. It is a [………….] place. Drinks and snacks are [……….]there.
The large section on the second floor located in the centre is

called […………….]. You will find all kinds of textbooks, literature materials,
or dictionaries in the room. Near to it is a small room called Closed Reserve
Room. According to library rules important reference books cannot
be [………………….] from the library so students have to sit in the Closed
Reserve Room to read.

The room opposite to the Closed Reserve Room is the […………………….]. We
offer various current or back newspapers, magazines and journals. There is a
small room called Audio-visual Room next to it. You can find tapes or CDs or
watch videos in there. If you want to photocopy some [………………….]you
can go to the Photocopy Room on the right corner beside the stairs. We offer
five computers, four […………………………….]and four laser printers there.
You should [………………….]money in your library card first and
then[………………….]your card before using the photocopier or printer. There
are some rules. The first rule is that we do not accept [……………………….].
The second rule is to[…………………………….]your session to half hour at a
time when photocopier is busy or printer is busy. The last important rule is
that please do not start printing less than[…………………………….]before the
library closes.
The Reading Room and Meeting Room are both […………………………….]on

the top floor. Now we are in the big Reading Room with glass roof. As you see
it is very[…………………………….]and […………………………….]here. You can
read books while enjoying[…………………………….]. The last section I wish to
introduce to you is the Conference Room. There are some different size rooms
with a round work table and[…………………………….]equipment for teachers
and students to do group work.
Okay, let’s talk about some warnings. First of all you can [……………….]any
reference books if they are on […………………………….], but the available
time is only 48 hours. If you cannot come to the […………………………….]to
take your reserve books you will miss out. Then, if your book is recalled by the
library you have to return it within seven working days,[………………….]the
book is overdue, and you will have to pay a fine. The other thing is your Library
Card. All records of using library resources are in your card. I hope you can
keep your card safely, […………………………….]do not leave it in your student

locker. If you lose it please come to our […………………………….]to report the
loss and apply for a new one in order to avoid further [……………………….].
Good, that’s the end of the tour of the library. You can look
around […………………………….]now, and if you have any questions please
ask the[…………………………….]at the Reception.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about British holidays.
British celebrate many […………………………….], historical, social and

cultural holidays[…………………………….]the year. Some holidays marked on
calendar are[…………………………….]throughout the country. Others are
based on local customs and[…………………………….]which reflect the variety
of experience in different[…………………………….].
Britain remains mainly a Christian nation but most Britons do not go

to[…………………………….]regularly or […………………………….]in Christian
worship. Because of[…………………………….]and changing beliefs, most of
the world’s religions are practiced in Britain such as Hindu, Judaism, Muslim
faith and Sikh. Christmas is the biggest and best loved British holiday. While
Christmas has a Christian meaning – it […………………………….]the birth of
Jesus Christ. People usually celebrate Christmas by decorating homes
and[…………………………….]with coloured lights and Christmas trees
and[…………………………….]and exchanging gifts.
There are three […………………………….]Christmas activities in Britain. One

is the Christmas Pantomime – a comical musical play. Another British
Christmas tradition is to hear the Queen give her […………………….]speech
over the television and radio. The British Queen is also the Queen of other

nations, such as Canada and Australia, and so her speech
is[…………………………….]to her millions of subjects throughout the world.
The third British Christmas tradition, which is also celebrated in countries
with British […………………………….], is Boxing Day, which falls on the day
after Christmas. People used to give Christmas gifts or money to
their […………………………….]on Boxing Day. However, a new Boxing Day
custom has […………………………….], it is shopping. But for most people, it is
a day for visiting, eating and relaxing.
For church goers the […………………………….]is Easter, not Christmas. It is

the most important Christian festival in Britain. Easter […………………….]the
crucifixion and[…………………………….]of Jesus Christ. Easter is in the
spring when universities and schools are closed for breaks. During the Easter
period Christians attend many church[…………………………….]and charity
activities. Easter Eggs are the main[…………………………….]of Easter. As time
goes on, nowadays, people give each other[…………………………….]or candy
for Easter.
There are some local […………………………….]and holidays in England,

Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland. People can know about the different
culture and[…………………………….]of the four nations of the United
Kingdom. Many festivals and customs have been […………………………….],
adopted and used to serve political or religious functions in times
of […………………………….]. Special days in England and Wales show their
national pride in their […………………………….]languages and cultures and
remind people that there is much more to the U.K. than “the English and
England”.
One truly English holiday in England is called Bonfire Night –

[…………………………….]in early November. English people celebrate this

event in the traditional way. Small children with a straw[……………….]called
the “Guy” appear on […………………………….]. They beg for money from
passing adults. They buy lots of […………………………….]to set off on Bonfire
Night. Most communities have public […………………………….], where people
gather to cook[…………………………….]and sausages in the fire and watch
fireworks performing. The biggest Bonfires Night celebration is held in the
small […………………………….]town of Lewes, where torchlight parades wind
through the narrow streets.
Northern Irish Catholics […………………………….]the birthday of the patron

saint of Ireland, St. Patrick, on 17th March each year. Patrick was a Catholic
bishop who lived in the 5th century and is thought to have
brought […………………………….]to Ireland. He lived in Great Britain, but
was […………………………….]by Irish raiders and became as a slave at the age
of 16. He eventually escaped and returned to Britain. However he accepted
the[…………………………….]of the Irish and returned to Ireland to begin his
successful[…………………………….]career.
Most British people welcome the coming of the New Year, in Scotland, New
Year’s Eve is called[…………………………….](31st December) – is the major
winter celebration, but Christmas is very quiet. How Hogmanay is celebrated
varies throughout […………………………….], but one widely practiced custom
is “First Footing”. There is a […………………………….]belief that the first
person to cross the […………………………….]of a household in the New Year
can bring luck and […………………………….]: the appearance of a
young, […………………………….]dark haired and handsome man is
considered […………………………….]lucky. First footers usually bring a bottle
of […………………………….], a lump of coal or a peat as a gift and given a
“dram of[…………………………….]” as their reward.

Halloween (31st October) is another Scottish festival that comes from the great
feast of the[…………………………….]Celt. It is particularly connected to
ghosts. At parties people dress up in strange costumes and [……………….]they
are witches. They cut horrible faces in[…………………………….]and put a
candle inside which shines through the eyes. Children[…………………….]in
white sheets knock on doors at […………………………….]and ask if you would
like a “trick” or “treat”. Usually hosts give them something nice, such as coins
or candy; otherwise, they make lots of noise on front door.
Wales has some of the oldest and richest […………………………….], musical

and[…………………………….]traditions in Europe. The most famous festival
in Wales is the Eisteddfod. In each August, Welsh people hold a
large […………………………….]to remind people that Wales has had a very
special […………………………….]. The highlight of the festival is to crown the
two bards who have written the best poems of the festival. Nowadays, the
Eisteddfod is the largest popular festival of music making and poetry writing
in[…………………………….].
The British calendar is full of holidays and festivals which show the different
cultures and[…………………………….]of the people who make up Britain.
Such holidays and festivals not only remind people of how cultures change
and […………………………….]each other but also give people a chance to
share in the rich cultural heritage of the […………………………….].

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
The applicant wants to apply for a visa to Australia (Example)
VISA APPLICATION FORM
Name: Kelly 1 _______________
Address: 106 2________________, Hawaii.
Nationality: 3 ___________________.
Age: 4___________________.
Marital status: 5 ___________________.
Questions 6-8
Choose the correct letter, A, B, or C.
6. According to the applicant, who lives in Australia?
A. His cousin.
B. His uncle.

C. His sister-in-law.
7. The applicant wants to visit Australia because he wants to_.
A. do some travelling.
B. develop his business.
C. work.
8. The applicant can have a visa for_.
A. 6 months.
B. 12 months.
C. 30 days.
Questions 9-10

each answer.
9. The applicant must go to the visa office between _______________ and

________________.
10. What two things must the applicant take to the visa office? ___________
and ______________.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16

each answer.
HOW TO KEEP OFF BURGLARS FROM YOUR HOME
Don’ts Do’s
Use a 12 for your window.
How to secure If you are beyond the earshot of your

11 durine the night
the window neighbours, install (Example) a
plexiglass sheet.
Open the door to Install a 13 _______ in the front door

How to secure anyone
Prepare a stepping ladder or stepping
the door
14 _____________ box for the kids.

Make a valuables
16___________
Leave them where
How to secure
they can be seen
your valuables Engrave your valuables.
15__________
Questions 17-18
Circle the correct letter, A, B or C.
17. To ensure safety in your courtyard, you should install a light_
A. near the door.
B. near each of your windows.
C. somewhere high out of reach.
18. Why is there a need to trim hedges or bushes in your courtyard?
A. Because they may be used by burglars as good hiding places.
B. Because they do not help in creating an occupancy illusion.
C. Because they may block the views from the windows or peepholes.
Questions 19-20

Choose TWO letters, A-E.
What may help in creating an occupancy illusion when one is on vacation?
A. Turn on your TV all day long.
B. Ask a neighbour to park in your driveway.
C. Close all your shades.
D. Unlock your garage door.
E. Have someone house*sit your home.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
each answer.
Forms of dog training Examples
sit
Obedience training
21 __________________
Spoken training 22 __________________
patrol
Guard training
23 __________________

knock someone down
Attack training
24 _________________
Search training 25 _________________
Questions 26-30
Write the appropriate letters A-C against 26- 30.
According to the speakers, for which the following kinds of training most
useful?
small dogs A
intelligent dogs B
large dogs C
Example Answer
Obedience training B
Physical training 26 _________________
Search training 27 _________________
Attack training 28 _________________
Barking 29 _________________
Biting 30 _________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -33
Complete the table below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Features of the Research on How Children Learn to Speak
People have an 31_________________ in children’s learning.
32______________ It leads us to a greater understanding of language.
33______________ Researchers encounter great difficulties.
Questions 34-36
Complete the notes below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Discussing Topics of the 1st Part of the Talk
Start by talking about 34_______ with the use of diaries, recordings and tests
included, then discuss 35_______, which including: speech in infants under
one year-children become aware of their own language; speech in children
under 5 years – their linguistic 36________ becomes possible.
Questions 37-40

each answer.
Focus of the 2nd Part of the Talk
A review of 37______________ to development of linguistic skills including

teaching 38_______________ language and 39_________________.
And also some thoughts about approaches to develop children’s awareness of

40__________________.
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. Okamura
2. Kingstone Street
3. Japanese
4. 32
5. Married
6. C
7. B
8. A

9. Monday; Friday
10. photos; passport
11. Leave windows open
12. pickproof locking device
13. peephole
14. you don’t know
15. from the window
16. inventory
17. C
18. A
19-20. B, E (in either order)
21. stay
22. speak
23. bark
24. bite
25. sniff
26. C
27. B
28. C
29. A
30. B
31. interest
32.important
33. complex
34. research methods
35. (language) learning process
36. analysis
37. educational approaches
38. spoken
39. reading
40. writing/written language

SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a conversation between a visa officer and an
applicant.
V = Visa officer; A = Applicant
V: Good morning, visa office. How can I help you?
A: Good morning. I’d like to apply for a visa to [……………………….], please.
V: Certainly, sir. I’ll just get a form and then I’ll need to take some details
down. OK. Here we go. Right, can I have your name, please?
A: Yes, it’s [……………………….]. Kelly Okamiưa.
V: And how do you spell that, please?
A: K, E, double L.„
V: No, your family name, please.
A: Oh, sorry. It’s O-K-A-M-U-R-A.
V: O-K-A-M-U-R-A. And your address?

A: [……………………….]. Kingstone Street. Hawaii.
V: Kingstone Street. Hawaii?
A: Yes, that’s correct.
V: So you’re an [……………………….]?
A: Actually, 1 was born in Japan, but moved to Hawaii [……………….]ago.
V: And can I have your age please, Mr. Okamura?
A: I’m 32.
V: And are you married?
A: Yes. I am. My wife’s [……………………….].
V: And will your wife accompany you to Australia?
A: Yes, she will. In fact that’s the reason we want, to go. Her sister lives
in [……………………….].
V: Do you have any relatives living in Australia?
A: I used to have an uncle, but he died several years ago. Now there’s only
my[……………………….]and my wife’s cousin.
V: So the purpose of your trip is to visit your wife’s [……………………….]. Am

I correct?
A: Well, not exactly. Mainly because I have mv own trading company and I will
be looking for business [……………………….]. Although I do want to do
some [……………………….]as well. You know, see some of the sights, that sort
of thing. Although 1 don’t intend to work in Australia.
V: And your wife? What will she be doing?
A: She’ll be studying English. She wants a [……………………….].
V: And how long do you plan to stay?
A: About one year, I guess.
V: Well, I’m afraid a standard [……………….] visa is only valid

for [………………….], although in vour case we can issue you with a business
visa. Business visas last for[……………….]. But you will be able to renew it. We
can give your wife a twelve-month visa though.
A: Six months is OK. So what do I need to do now?
V: Come along to the office any time during [……………………….]. But it must
be office hours. We close at 5:30. And bring along two passport size photos and
your [……………………….]of course. Your wife will also need two photos. So
that’s four passport size photos in total.
A: OK. Thank you for your help. Bye.
V: Bye.

SECTION 2
You will hear an informative talk given by Micỉưiel on how to keep out
burglars and keep your home safe.
Michael: Keep them out! There’s no [……………………….]way to keep out a

burglar, but every little bit of [……………………….]helps. Even if you can’t
afford a security system, you can take a few minutes to make your home a little
safer. Some relatively simple steps will greatly[……………………….] the odds
of a break-in, which means you can enjoy more peace of mind. And isn’t’ that
what ‘home’ is all about?
Think like a [……………………….]: If you were one, how would you get into
your home?[……………………….]your home from the inside and out, day and
night. You might even try a ’mock’ break-in, trying window [……………….]and
locks on the house’s[……………………….]. To keep out a burglar, the first
thing to do is to secure the windows. Though windows are [………………….]
easy to break, the loud noise of[……………………….]glass will deter a thief if
you’re near other houses.
Don’t leave vour windows open (luring the night whether you’re at home or
away. That’s a[……………………….]precaution, but a surprising number of
people forget to do just that.
Use a [……………………….]locking device for vour windows. Make sure the

frames are solid.
Tf you’re [……………………….]the earshot of your neighbours, they won’t hear

the glass breaking. Consider installing a [……………………….]sheet for the
more accessible windows.
This will make entry through them more difficult.
Your doors should also be [……………………….]. If you don’t have a peephole,

install one in the front door. If you have one, make sure that you and your
family are in the habit of using it. Don’t open the door to anyone you don’t
know, [……………………….]at night. If the[……………………….]is out of the
reach of your children, keep a [……………………….]or stepping box by the
door for them to use.
If there’s any glass within two feet of your front door lock, consider a locking
device that would be out of reach if that glass is broken.
Now, a few tips on how to protect your [……………………….]. Don’t leave vour
valuables (stereo, computer, jewellery, etc.) where they can be seen from the
window. If you don’t want to hide everything from sight,
consider [……………………….].
Make a valuables [……………………….]. Keep a record of your expensive and

personally[……………………….]items-not. just a listing, but a photographic
or [……………………….]record if possible. Store this inventory at another
location. This is helpful for both the police and the insurance agency
to [……………………….]the stolen goods.
Use an [……………………….]pen to mark these items with some kind of

personal identifying information, such as your [……………………….], in an
inconspicuous place. This also helps record your [……………………….]in case
of any other mishap, such as fire or flood.
Don’t stop your security [……………………….]at the outside walls of your

house. Your yard areas (if any) also [……………………….]your attention. In

general, don’t leave anything around the yard that might help
a [………………….] get into your house: ladders,[……………………….]boxes or
any garden tools should be put away, preferably in a locked cabinet.
Install a light in your yard that is [……………………….]to movement. Place it

high and out of reach.
Trim hedges or bushes that are near doors or windows. These can be good
hiding places.
Don’t place outdoor [……………………….]tables nearby the house. These

could become an easy stepladder to the roof.
When you are on [………………….], create the occupancy [………………….].

Maybe you laughed at your mother for leaving the lights on and the radio
playing while she left for vacation, but she had the right idea. Those steps
aren’t quite enough, so try these [……………………….]:
Buy electronic timers that turn lights on and off at different times. Hook up a
timer to your TV for a few hours each evening. Turn up the volumes, too- not
enough to annoy the[……………………….], just enough that a lurker at the
windowsill couldn’t miss hearing it.
Have your newspaper and mail delivery [……………………….]. If you don’t

have time to do this, ask a neighbour to pick them up for you.
Ask a neighbour to park in vour driveway or parking place.
Think about having someone house-sit vour home. If he’s a relative or friend,
he may cost you no more than the contents of your [……………………….]. You

can also find professional house-sitters, or house-sitting services that find
someone to stay while you’re away.
Leave your shades as they are normally, or at least don’t close up every one.
One sign of a[……………………….]house is closed [………………….]during the
day. Lock your[……………………….]door with a padlock.
SECTION 3
In this section, you are going to hear a [……………………….]between Anne

and Merton. In the first part of the conversation, they are talking about the
commands of training dogs.
A = Anne; M = Merton
A: So, that research paper we have to do next is the one about different styles
of[……………………….]. How do you think you’ll approach writing it?
M: You know. I’ve been thinking about it, and I feel that the best way to write it
is to[……………………….]the paper into two main parts. In the first part, we’d
be[……………………….]some examples of each style of training dogs…
A: Right, first, what the styles are. After that we can talk about how each style
can be used so that the dogs learn something different from each one.
M: Indeed. Maybe we could draw a chart and [……………………….]examples

of each style of training, one at a time. So, the different kinds of training would
be… simple[……………………….]training…

A: There you would have things like teaching them to sit or stay in one place,
and so on…
M: Right, so [……………………….]here would be simple audio commands, like

‘speak’.
A: Yes, basic commands are just spoken words, aren’t they? And then there
would be the more[……………………….]training…where the dogs are trained
to know a [……………………….]place well. [……………………….]and barking
ai’e probably the best examples because most people have seen them in many
places… especially in homes.
M: And this would lead us to the [……………………….]training, which is

physical as well as spoken… training the dog to knock someone down, and
even bite if they have to.
A: Right, so there’s another category as well…. ‘sniffing’ dogs, which make up

the searching[……………………….]. I’ve read that in the UK, every major
airport or[……………………….]building has these dogs to search for all kinds
of
M: I can believe that. Well, we have a good list to build on. We’re finally getting
started now. so let’s try to figure out when each type of dog training should be
used. I guess we can start by trying to [……………………….]out the best
situation for each type of dog training.
A: Hmm, what do you mean?
M: What I mean is whether each type of training should be used with different
kinds of dogs. We could use basic [……………………….]training, for example,

and ask whether it’s more useful for a small dog, a medium¬sized dog, and so
on. In this case, I’d say obedience training is best with small dogs, because they
tend to get [……………………….]easily and this wall help keep them out of
trouble.
A: Okay, that makes sense.
M: Then, let’s look at physical training. Even though some people think it’s
ideal for every breed of dog. I think it’s better suited to the larger kinds. Small
dogs usually just aren’t smart enough to understand the physical commands,
and they can even get hurt from them: The[……………………….]‘sniffing’
training is the same… I think it’s better with the more[……………….]breeds of
dogs and it’s hardly ever useful with really small dogs. Attack training,
however, can be useful for every kind of large dog as long as the dog
is[……………………….]well and given a lot of attention and care.
A: All right, and what about guard training? Barking is an ideal way for small
dogs to guard a home. I know they aren’t big enough to stop a person, but
making some noise is often all a dog needs to do. Other kinds
of [………………….] training like biting, though, are different… I’d always plan
to teach that to a smart dog, giving them a chance to use their[…………….]
and defend their homes.
M: I’d have to agree…trainers often just teach large dogs to bark at a person
when they think something isn’t right, but if the dogs know’ how to
use [……………………….]skills in a bad[……………………….]they could save
their owner’s life someday.
A: Yes, I suppose that different people would have different needs for their
pets.

M: Right, and different trainers would recommend different [……………….]
for different breeds.
SECTION 4
In this section, you will hear a lecture given by Dr Jesperson, about children’s
languageacquisition.
Today, in our series of lectures on human language, we are going to be looking

at the way in which children [……………………….]language. The study of how
people learn to speak has[………………….] to be one of the most [………….],
important and complex[………………….]of language study. So let’s look at
these three features in turn.
Firstly, why is it fascinating? This stems from the natural interest people take
in the developing[……………………….]of young children. People
are [……………………….]by the way in which children learn, particularly their
own children!
Secondly, it is important to study how we acquire our first language, because

the study of child language can lead us to a greater understanding of language
as a whole. The third point is that it’s a complex study and this is because of
the [……………………….]difficulties that are[…………………….]by researchers
as soon as they [……………………….]to explain language development,
especially in the very young child.
In today’s lecture we will cover a number of topics. We will start by talking

about research methods. There are a number of ways that researchers
have [………………….]children’s language and these include the use
of [……………………….], recordings and tests, and we’ll be looking at. how

researchers make use of these various methods. We will then go on
to[……………………….]the language learning process, starting with
the [……………………….]of speech in young [……………………….]during the
first year of life. This is the time[……………………….]with the emergence of
the skills of speech [……………………….], in other words,
an [……………………….]of the child’s awareness of his or her own ability to
speak. We will continue with our examination of the language learning
process, this time by looking at language leai*ning in the older child, that is in
children under five. As they mature, it is possible to begin [………………….] in
conventional [……………………….]terms, and so in our analysis we will look
at […………………….], grammatical and semantic development in pre¬school
children.
In the second part of the talk I would like to review some

educational […………….]to the question of how linguistic skills can
be [……………………….]. In other words, how can we assist the young child to
learn language skills at school? Initially we will look at[………………….]that
arise in relation to spoken language: we will then look at reading and review a
number of approaches that, have been [……………………….]in relation to the
teaching of reading. Finally we will conclude today’s talk with an account of
current thinking about the most [……………………….]area of all, the
child’s [……………………….]of written language.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5
Complete the form below.

each answer.
SOCIOLOGY RESEARCH PROJECT SURVEY
Example Answer
Survey on: commuting center
Age: 1 ___________________
Postcode: 2 ___________________
COMPUTER FACILITIES ALREADY USED
Where? 3 ___________________
SPORTS FACILITIES ALREADY USED
Where? 4 ___________________
EDUCATION FACILITIES ALREADY USED
Where? 5 ___________________
Questions 6-10


each answer.
IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE COMMUNITY CENTRE
New sports: 6_________ and________.
Classes organized only for: 7____________________.
Education classes: 8________ and _________.
Willing to pay about: 9£ _________ for new classes.
Possible frequency of visits, if improvements made?
10 ___________ a week
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
11. The Dark which makes up Hampstead Heath is
A. very large.

B. fairly large.
C. fairly small.
12. According the sPeaker. Hampstead underground station is
A. the shallowest in the system.
B. the deepest in the system.
C. the oldest in London.
13. The speaker suggests that after their walk people might want to •
A. have a meal in the famous restaurants.
B. avoid Hampstead village as it is very busy.
C. visit Hampstead village to look at the shops.
14. The houses in the Vale of the Heath are built
A. on the edge of the heath.
B. on the heath itself.
C. opposite the heath.
15. The speaker advises walkers to remove their headphones to

A. hear the silence away from the traffic.
B. ensure they are not being followed.
C. listen to the noises in the park.
Questions 16-20
Which activity can be done at each of the following locations on the heath?
Choose FIVE answers below and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 16-20.
Activities
A. have picnics
B. go fishing
C. view London
D. have a swim
E. attend concerts
F. watch plays
C. have snacks

Locations on the Heath
16. Kenwood House
17. grassy slopes
18. open-air stage
19. ponds
20. Parliament Hill
SECTION 3
Questions 21 -25
How do the speakers describe the green urban planning options?
Choose FIVE descriptions from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next
to questions 21-25.
Descriptions
A. dangerous
B. too expensive
C too many objections

D. disruptive
F. Unpractical
G. unsuccessful
21. green belt
22. decentralization
23. newtowns
24. brownfield sites
25. pedestrianized zones
Questions 26-28
26 Which area is jack having the most problems with?
A. Understanding the statistics.
B. The lack of material.
C. The selection of statistics.
27 What has been central to Curitiba’s success?

A. Central government intervention.
B. Working together with residents.
C. Giving responsibility to strategists.
28 Why does the transport system work so well?
A. There are cheap fares for the poor and elderly.
B. Bicycles can use the bus lanes.
C. There is a low car ownership.
Questions 29 and 30
Which does the tutor suggest are the TWO areas Jack needs to focus on?
A. the amount of parkland
B. the employment strategy
C. the pedestrianized zones
D. the recycling scheme
E. the suburban areas

SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
ECONOMICS COURSE GUIDELINES
During lectures
Students:
will receive information about economics and the 31 ______________ to

concentrate on
will be provided with information about the subject will be provided with a
framework for further study
will have an opportunity to be taught by a 32 _______________ in the field
will take part in the learning culture in 33___________________.
Common problems students have with techniques used in lectures
may not develop 34 _________________: no immediate questions

newer techniques help improve 35 __________________ more than
lectures
How to avoid problems and make learning easier
leave time to read 36____________________ on the booklist
test yourself with quizzes
if you have had a 37___________________, revise what you previously

learned
use the web to do more 38____________________.
check the sources of information on the web are 39_________________.
40___________________ with your classmates
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. 59
2. HA87UP
3. (LOCAL) LIBRARY
4. SWIMMING POOL

5. (FURTHER EDUCATION) COLLEGE
6. BADMINTON, YOCA
7. PENSIONERS
8. ARTS AND CRAFTS
9. 2
10. 3 TIMES
11. A
12. B
13. C
14. B
15. C
16. G
17. A
18. E
19. D

20. C
21. E
22. F
23. B
24. A
25. D
26. C
27. B
28. A
29. C
30. D
31. PRIORITIES
32. RESEARCHER
33. HIGHER EDUCATION
34. STUDENT UNDERSTANDING

35. LEARNING OUTCOMES
36. ALL ITEMS
37. CAP YEAR
38. BACKGROUND RESEARCH
39. RELIABLE
40. DISCUSS IDEAS
SECTION 1
(K = Katie; R = resident)
K: Hi, good afternoon sir, er … excuse me! Could you spare a minute please?
R: Oh, hello. Sorry, I was in a world of my own … I didn’t hear you there.
K: No problem. My name’s Katie and I’m a second year […………….]student.

We’re doing a research project on the [……………………….]of community
centres to local[……………………….]. May I ask, are you a resident of Molton?
R: Yes, I am.
K: That’s perfect. Would you mind answering some questions about

the[……………………….]you use? It won’t take very long…
R: Of course, I’d be happy to answer any questions you have. […………….]!
K: Great! OK. the first questions are to do with you. So can I ask how old you
are? We need to know for [……………………….]purposes later.
R: Well, I’d like to say 16 but I’m 59, 60 next week in fact.
K: Congratulations for next week! Now I just need your postcode, and then
we’ll get started.
R: Right, well that’s an easy one. It’s [……………………….].
K: 7-A-8 … H-Q-P, was that right?
R: No my dear, it’s H-A-8-7-U-P.
K: Right… OK. Sorry for the confusion.
R: That’s quite alright. Now what about these questions?
K: Yes, let’s get started … So one of the most important things we need to know
is which of the facilities you already use.
R: Right OK.

K: OK, what about computer facilities? Do you currently use public computers
anywhere in town?
R: Yes. I do. I go to my [……………………….].
K: Great,… just jotting that down. OK, what about local sports facilities?
R: Yes, I get down to the [……………………….]at least twice a week.
K: And education facilities? Are you currently attending any courses?
R: Yes, I go to Spanish classes every Friday at the further […………….]college.
K- That’s great! I must say, you’re very active.
K: OK, we’re halfway through. The next bit is all about how the [……………….]
centre could be […………….], if at all, that is.
R: I see. Well, I’ll give it a go!
K: Well firstly, I’d like to find out your views on sports facilities. Which sports
do you think the community centre should offer that it doesn’t already?
R: Mmm… Well, I’m not going to say swimming as there’s no point having two
pools in a town of this size. Let me think … um, what, about [……………….]? I
know it’s very popular these days. Yes, yoga and [……………………….]. 1 used
to play you know.
K: Really?

R: Yes, and 1 was quite good though I’m probably a bit [……………….]now. It’s
been years.
K: OK, do you think the classes should be split into groups?
R: Yes, that’s a good idea. I know that if there were classes only
for [………………….]. I’d definitely be more likely to play. I’m not a fast as I
once was, you know.
K: OK, I’ll just write that, down … Great! Now, we’re nearly done. I just need to
ask you some questions about [……………………….]. What kind of classes do
you think the centre should offer that it doesn’t already?
R: Well, I [……………….]the kind of thing that’s no longer [……………….]at

the local college, em … things like arts and crafts. Those kinds of classes have
now closed as they weren’t financially [……………………….], apparently.
K: Yes, I heard about that. It was such a [……………………….]. Those kinds of

classes are so important for the [……………………….]well-being of those
most [……………….]in a community. OK, I’ve written that down. Now, I need
to ask you whether you would be willing to pay for any of the […………….]we
were just talking about.
R: Umm, as long as it wasn’t too much, I have nothing against […………….].

Something like two pounds per class seems like a [……………………….]rate for
an old man like me!
K: OK, era … and lastly then, I just need to know how regularly you think you
will use the new facilities if the community centre makes the changes you have
suggested.

R: Well, T’d say three times a week, which is more than I go at the moment. I
only bother on[……………………….]and [……………………….], as there’s
nothing else on during the week that interests me. But I
would [……………………….]get out of the house more if they were to make
those kinds of changes.
SECTION 2
Hi and welcome to the walking audio tour service, which

offers [……………………….]audio tours of over 30 walks around London. The
full list of the walks is [……………………….]on our website. You have chosen
the [……………………….]Heath Tour Part 1, which was, in fact, the first, of the
walking tours that were recorded. Your walk takes you through part of the
heath, a huge, wild, open [……………………….]where Londoners
and [……………….] to the city can come and enjoy some [……………….]and
refreshing exercise. The heath is one of the gems of north London. When you
enter the parkland, you will feel as if you are walking in the
wild [………………….], but you are actually still in an [……………………….].
The walking tour begins here at the exit to Hampstead underground station,
which is the[………….] station on the London Underground […………….]. We
hope that you enjoy your experience, whether you are on your own or sharing
your walk with a[……………………….]… So let’s begin your tour. We hope you
enjoy it!
If you turn right as you exit Hampstead [……………………….], and stay on the
right hand side of the road, the main [……………………….], Heath Street, will
take you up the hill to the heath itself. You are now walking away from the
main shops and cafes in Hampstead village, but you can return to visit, these

after vour walking tour for some window shopping. The village is busy during
the [……………………….]and the evenings.
Now back to Heath Street. As the road winds [……………………….]up Heath

Street, you will pass some shops and [……………………….]on your way to the
heath. When you reach the top, the first part of the heath that you will see on
your right is the Vale of the Heath, which has some[……………………….]
houses, built on the Heath itself beside a large [……………………….]. If you go
along a little further you will come to a fork in the road, where one road –
North End Way – turns to the left and goes northwest away from the heath;
and on your right is[……………………….]Road, which turns north-east,
cutting through the parkland. Walk along this latter road a little way and look
for the first opening on your right, where a path[……………………….]you
down into the wild parkland.
As you descend along the [……………………….], you will find that the noise of
the[……………………….], that is just on your left, disappears completely. You
might want, to take off your headphones to eniov the [……………………….]of
the sounds of the parkland. Don’t imagine that there is only silence! There is
the noise of the trees and the[……………………….]that hves there. As you walk
along the path, you will come across[……………………….]paths coming from
the right to join the path that you are on, but keep going until you come to the
first fork in the path. Now take the path that goes to your left, which will bring
you shortly to the open spaces around Kenwood House.
You can either walk through the woods and enjoy being among the trees, or
you can[……………………….]the other [……………………….]the heath has to
offer. You are now at Kenwood House, which is a [……………………….]open to
the public. It has been used as the setting for [……………………….]well-known
films, and is used as a venue for a wide range of[……………………….]. For

some fight [……………………….], there is the cafe at Kenwood House. Below
Kenwood House itself, you can see the [……………………….], which are an
ideal place for picnics and for children to run around and play games. Just
beyond this picnic area is an open air [……………………….]where music
concerts are held in the summer months. You might even see the stage being
prepared for a concert while you are there.
You might want to explore this part of the heath at your [……………………….].
But before you leave the heath altogether there are two
other [……………………….]features that are worth visiting. On the east side of
the heath are several large ponds for [……………………….]and mixed bathing.
And if you woidd like a view of London, you can visit [……………………….]
Hill, which gives you a good [……………………….]of London that is in fact
protected by law.
SECTION 3
(J – Jack; T – tutor)
J: Hi! Am I bothering you? Is it OK to see you now?
1. Hi Jack! No bother. Please come in. As your tutor this year, it’s my [………….]
to oversee your assignments. Now, where are my notes? Oh yes, here they are.
OK. I see that we were going to look at your case study on the […………….] of
urban planning in the[……………………….]and how to make it as ‘green’ as
possible. How’s it all going?
J: Actually, I’m pretty happy with it. Can I talk you through it to make sure I’m
on the right track?
T: Of course, please do. I’ll stop you if I have any questions.

J: OK, well I started by giving an overview of what ‘green’ urban planning has
been up until now. Firstly, there’s the idea of a green belt. This is the one that
everyone’s heard of. but I found that while it. was [……………………….]for a
short time and in limited cases, it grossly over[……………………….]things.
T: Well that’s a good and practical start. What else did you look at? I hope that
you also considered the idea of [……………………….]?
J: Yes, that was really interesting, as although there were no [……………….] to

it and it looked good on paper, it just, didn’t work in practice.
T: Yes, a conundrum indeed. However, I think you’ll find that there are many
fads that come and go in this area. It isn’t the first and it won’t be the last to
simply [……………………….]off the face of the planet. Well this is all very good
so far. What did you look at next?
J: I then researched the [……………………….] fad of building new towns on

new sites, but I found that although there are [……………………….]cases of
success, they[……………………….]to cost too much time and monev to build.
T: Keeping to that theme, have you [……………………….]the idea of

brownfield sites? That is sites that [……………………….]had another use,
being converted into[……………………….]areas?
J: Like the idea of buildings that were once banks being turned into
restaurants? That kind of thing?
T: Yeah, that’s right.
J: No, I hadn’t thought of that.

T: WTell. I’d sav it’s a pretty important option in most, urban areas today •
Even though there have been [……………………….]with safety, if the land
were [……………….] in any way, at least it. tends to [……………………….]no
objections from local residents.
J: OK, thanks. I’ll make sure I put that in.
T: Anything else?
J: Well, I’m not sure about this last one, but 1 thought the idea
of [……………….] central areas was an interesting [……………………….]. Do
you think it’s valid here?
T: Oh, it’s certainly not a bad idea. The only thing is that it would
probably[……………………….]the problem of [……………………….]in inner
city areas and would[……………………….]local residents’ sleep, if the
construction work were to happen during the night. The use of
loud [……………………….]to re-pave the area would be inevitable.
J: Yes, I take your point, but in some older cities, I think it’s one of the few
viable[……………………….].
T: Well as long as you state that, then it can definitely be included.
J: OK, so that’s my introduction to urban planning [……………………….], but

now I come to the main part, which is the case study. It was really difficult to
choose as there are so many good examples, but in the end I settled
on […………….], which is the capital of the south[……………………….]state of
Parana.

T: Ah, yes. Nice choice. How’s the research coming along?
J: Well, to be honest, I’m finding the amount of [……………………….]a bit too

much. There’s such a diverse range of [……………………….]that it makes it
almost impossible to be[……………………….].
T: Well, tell me a bit more about what you’ve [……………………….], and then
we’ll see if we can come up with a plan to tackle the problem.
J: Well, it’s fascinating. Local authorities managed to achieve so much since

the[………….], principally because rather than waiting for
central[…………….] initiatives they chose a cohesive [………………….]where
residents were consulted. Then they took their ideas and [……………………….]
them into local government planning to come up with a plan everybody was
happy with.
T: A ha! A bottom-up [……………………….]. Do go on …
J: Well, the transport system is a real example of the town’s [……………….]

image. Even though they have one of the highest number of cars per person in
the country, they also have the highest number of people
using [……………………….]. This is because poor and elderly residents are
able to benefit from a [……………….]that allows them to use the system for
less. This has led to low levels of pollution which also encourages [………….]to
use bicycles more.
T: Well, that’s really [……………………….]Jack. Well done. But I do have some

suggestions to help you with [……………………….]your case study.
J: Please…

T: If you are going to prove Curitiba’s success, you need to refer
to [……………………….]. You mentioned [……………………….]only areas in
your introduction, how about that,?
J: Yes, OK.
T: And what about the amount of parking for all of those cars?
J: I didn’t come [……………………….]that in my research, but I can look it up.
Yeah, I think it’s important.
J: And what about considering where people live in [……………………….]to

their place of work? If they live in the [……………………….], how about
mentioning how far they need to travel in order to get to work?
T: And don’t forget about their recycling [……………………….], including how

easy it is and how much they recycle, making sure you include statistics to back
it up.
J: OK, got it.
T All in all Jack, you’ve really done your [……………………….]and I very much
look forward to receiving your final draft.
J: Thanks professor. You’ve been a great help.
SECTION 4

Good morning everyone and welcome to the Stanley University School
of [……………………….]. I will be one of your [……………………….]on the
course and my name is Professor Whitefield. Before the [……………………….]
year really gets underway, I would like to take you through some of what you
can [……………………….]and to give you some general course information.
Firstly, you’ll be attending lectures during which you will receive information
about[……………………….]and the [……………………….]that you will need to
focus on. The. lectures will provide you with information about the subject in a
relatively [……………………….]format. In addition, they should also provide a
suitable [……………………….]for further study. Typically, this is also the first
time that students get the chance to meet a researcher at the[……………….] of
the discipline. Traditionally, lectures are seen as an[……………………….] part
of the learning culture for higher education, in which[……………………….]
study is viewed as an induction into academic [……………………….]and a way
of viewing the world.
However, although all I have said until now is true, every year undergraduate
students experience problems with the [……………………….]used in lectures.
Being[……………………….]will hopefully help you with [……………………….]
to these issues. The first problem is that there is little [……………………….] for
the development of student understanding. That is, if you misunderstand
something, there is no[……………………….] opportunity to ask. Secondly,
when newer teaching[……………………….]are used, such as problem -solving,
learning outcomes are improved. However, these will still not replace the
validity of listening and learning from an[……………………….].
Nowr, before you start [……………………….]there are several things that you
can do in order to make the learning process, and [……………………….]your
student life at the university, easier. First and [……………………….], be

prepared! You will be given a reading list. Don’t just throw it away or forget
about it; make sure you leave enough time to go through all items on it. Once
you’ve done that, an ideal thing to do would be to test yourself on
the [……………………….]. Prepare a mini [……………………….]w’hile reading,
and go back to it before the lecture and just check you knowr the answers. Now
for most of you, this won’t be the first time that you’re studying economics, but
you may have taken a gap year or had a [……………………….]of time working.
If this is so, and even if it isn’t in fact, it always makes sense to go back and
refresh your memory on those [……………………….]theories you learned
about, before, as we’ll[……………………….]be referring to them.There’re just a
couple more ideas I’d like to[……………………….]before I’ll take any questions
you may have. We are lucky enough to be living in a [……………………….], so
use resources like the web to do some extra background research. There’s no
shortage of information nowadays, but just be sure that, you’re
using[……………………….]. Finally, and this is an important one: make sure
you discuss ideas with your peers. They are in the same boat as you after all,
and you will probably find that it helps make your learning
more [……………………….]. All in all, take charge of your learning and you
will find that you [……………………….]. Now, do you have any questions
before we go on to…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct letter A, B or C.

Example
When will the New Year Party be held?
A. December 29th
B. December 30th
C. December 31st
1. The best place for holding the party is _______________
A. restaurant.
B. common room.
C. stadium.
2. How much does everyone should pay?
A. £15
B. £50
C. £15.50
3. How many days should they choose menu in advance?
A. a week

B. three days
C. seven working days
4. How much deposit should they pay in advance?
A. £70
B. £80
C. £90
Questions 5-10
ORDER MENU
Fruit juice
Appetizer 5 _________________________
6 _________________ Roast dinner

Vegetable salad: carrot, tomato, patato,
corn,
Vegetables
7 ____________, lettuce, cucumber
9 _________________________
8 _________________ Mango pudding

Drinks Coffee, 10 ________________, Cola
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13

answer.
Registration time: 9:00 a.m. 4:00 p.m. Monday – Friday
11 __________________ Saturday
Registration position: Bring: Main Building, 12 _____________
Bring: 13 ___________ and passport photo
Questions 14-17
COMPUTER CENTRE RULES

Opening hour: 9:00 a.m.-11:00 p.m.
No 14 ________________ and noise in Computer Centre
Students can put their bags in 15 ______________________.
No occupying a locker for 3 days
Computers can be 16____________________________ 3 days in

advance
Students can use 17_______________________ and printer.
Questions 18-20
Write the correct letter, A-H, next to questions 18-20.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-26


answer.
Dissertation Requirements
Word limitation: 21 ________________ not includes
22 ________________ and contents
Deadline for dissertation 23 _________________________
Check list of 24 _________________________
Tutorial time: 1 :00 p.m – 2:00 p.m
on Tuesday 25 __________ on Friday
Printed by 26 ________________________
Questions 27-30
What’s the dissertation timetable ?
Write the correct letter, A-G, next to questions 27-30.
A. Do research

B. Choose topic
C. Hand in
D. References
E. Proof-reading
F. Write up work
G. Draft plan
27 ______________
Draft plan
28 ______________
29 ______________
30 ______________
Hand in work
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40

each answer.
The driest continent is 31 _________________.
The Australia is about 32 _________________ times larger than Britain.
Three main structural features of Australia:
The Great Western Plateau The Central Eastern Lowlands
The 33 ___________________
The hottest month of Australia is 34 ___________________
The flag of Australia indicates its historical relationship with 35__________
English is Australia’s official language just by 36__________________ not

by law.
37__________________ of Australian are migrants.
Australian employees have paid annual leave; sick leave and 38_________
Australia’s own history and culture are mainly affected by the 39_________
The Australian government carried a 40_____________________ policy

to finance arts.

Answer keys:
1. B
2. A
3. C
4. A
5. Tomato soup
6. Main Course
7. Pea, onion
8. Dessert
9. Chocolate cake
10. Sprite
11. 9:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m.
12. Room 214
13. Student Card
14. smoking

15. (student) locker
16. reserved
17. photocopier
18. D
19. C
20. E
21. 18,000-20,000
22. acknowledgement
23. 30th July
24. tutor arrangement
25. 2:00 p.m.-3:00 p.m.
26. laser printer
27. D
28. A
29. F
30. 30 E

31. Antarctica
32. 25
33. Eastern Highlands
34. January
35. Britain
36. usage
37. 1/4
38. long-service leave
39. Asia
40. tax deduction
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about the New Year’s Party.
Woman: Hi, Sam. Let’s try and get it [……………………….]today, OK?

Man: Yeah, sure. It’s time we started working out. details.
Woman: Exactly. What should we begin with?
Man: Date.
Woman: OK. When is the best time to hold the New Year’s Party?
Man: How about the [……………………….]?
Woman: I’m afraid that’s a bit late.
Man: Yeah, the day before?
Woman: Fine. 29 of December.
Man: And what about a venue?
Woman: In a restaurant? Which restaurant were we in last year?
Man: Let me think. It is [……………………….]. But I don’t think it. was a good
choice.
Woman: Why?
Man: The venue is too small. And we have about. [……………………….]more

than last year.
Woman: You are right.

Man: So how about our common room on the second floor?
Woman: Great idea.
Man: And then let’s think about [……………………….]…
Woman: All staff and all students.
Man: How about last year students?
Woman: What do you mean?
Man: I know someone who has [……………….] already but still stay in the city,
he might, want to come to the next month’s Graduation [………………….].
Woman: Fine. I will confirm the person later.
Man: Right.
Woman: How about the cost? [……………………….], is that OK?
Man: What? Fifty?
Woman: No, fifteen.
Man: Right.
Woman: The next one is the food and drink. In my mind, it’s better for us to
book them from a restaurant.

Man: Definitely. Which one do you prefer?
Woman: How about Tulip Garden?
Man: OK. And we should choose menu and pay in advance by […………….].
How many days in advance? A week?
Woman: A week is not enough. I think at least, seven working days.
Man: OK.
Woman: How much is the deposit?
Man: I’m not sure. Maybe [……………………….]?
Woman: I think it’s a little too much.
Man: Seventy pounds?
Woman: Right.
Woman: Well, let’s talk about the menu.
Man: Yes. Appetizer first. What was it last year?
Woman: I remember there was fruit juice and onion soup. Do you want to
change?
Man: Yes. I didn’t like that soup.

Woman: Mavbe we can order [……………………….]soup instead of onion
soup. Is that OK?
Man: Good.
Woman: And the next one is Main Course.
Man: How about, chicken or beef?
Woman: I prefer roast, dinner.
Man: Good idea.
Woman: And the third one is [……………………….].
Man: How.about a vegetable salad?
Woman: Fine. What vegetables do you prefer?
Man: Carrot and tomato?
Woman: Yeah, and potato and corn?
Man: Yes. I like corn. It is good for the eyes.
Woman: Really?
Man: Yes.

Woman: And pea and onion…
Man: OK. And how about lettuce and [……………………….]?
Woman: Yes. Ladies usually like that.
Man: That’s perfect.
Woman: Then for dessert, how about [……………………….]chocolate cake?
Man: Why not? And ice cream?
Woman: I think mango pudding is better.
Man: OK. Mango [……………………….]and chocolate cake.
Woman: The last one is drinks.
Man: I think almost everyone likes coffee.
Woman: Yes. And Sprite and Cola?
Man: Fine.
Woman: Do you think if we should prepare for some [………………….]?
Man: We can take some photos, print them and give them to all people at the
end of the party as a [……………………….].

Woman: Good idea.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation about a Computer Centre in campus.
Man: Hi, Mary, how are things going?
Woman: Fine. And you?
Man: Actually, I’m [……………….]about the Computer Centre.
Woman: What’s the matter?
Man: Because I didn’t attend the Computer Centre meeting yesterday.
Woman: I can tell you the information about it.
Man: Really? You are so nice.
Woman: Well, What do you want to know?
Man: ErỂ.. when is the [……………………….]time of Computer Centre?
Woman: It is at 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday this week.
Mạn: Today is Friday, right?
Woman: Yes.

Man: Oh, no.
Woman: Don’t worry. You can register tomorrow morning.
Man: But. tomorrow is Saturday.
Woman: Yes. On Saturday, the registration time is [……………………….].
Man: That’s so great.
Woman: Yes.
Man: Do you know where the register office is?
Woman: Yes. [……………………….]on the second floor of the Main Building.
Man: Two forty or fourteen?
Woman: Fourteen. And you should take some documents when you go there.
Man: What kind of documents? A fee?
Woman: No. We are registered students, so we needn’t pay any fee.
Man: Great.
Woman: You need to take your Student Card and one [……………….] photo.
Man: OK.

Woman: And on the meeting, the lecturer told us some rules of the Computer
Centre we have to know.
Man: What kind of rules? Is that very important?
Woman: Yes. The first, one is opening hours.
Man: I hope it closes late.
Woman: Right. It opens at [……………………….]as usual, and closes at 11 in

the evening.
Man: Perfect. ‘
Woman: There is no smoking and noise in Computer Centre.
Man: Fine. Can I take some snacks?
Woman: You can only eat something in the lounge.
Man: Then, can I take my bag into the Computer Centre?
Woman: There is a student locker in the [……………………….]. You may put

your bag in the locker. So do remember to take a lock.
Man: Fine.
Woman: And do not occupy a locker for more than 3 days.
Man: Yes. May I reserve a computer?

Woman: Yes. There is a [……………………….]system in the Computer Centre.
You can reserve it three days in advance.
Man: Fine. I’d like to know if’ there is a [……………………….]or printer in the
Computer Centre.
Woman: Of course. On the second floor. But, remember to take your Student
Card.
Man: Why?
Woman: Because none of the machines take coins.
Man: Fine.
Woman: And do not use them [……………………….]before the centre is

closed.
Man: Alright.
Man: Well, can you tell me where the Computer Centre is? In the
main [……………………….]?
Woman: Do you have a campus map?
Man: No.
Woman: Well» I will draw a map for you. Do you have a pen?
Man: Yes.
Woman: Well, this is the [……………………….], and the first, building you can
see is the Teaching Building.
Man: Yes.
Woman: On your left is a small [……………………….]of our university.
Man: Great. I just want to buy some books and CDs.
Woman: Then, go east, and you can see a small gym opposite to the bookstore.
Man: A gym? Does it have a tennis court?
Woman: Sorry, I don’t know.
Man: Fine.
Woman: On the other side is the Student Union. And. there is a lab on the east
side of it.
Man: If I want to join some [……………………….]I can go the Student Union,

right?
Woman: Right,
Man: Oh, does the campus have a [……………………….]?
Woman: Yes. It is near to lab and not far from the Teaching Building.
Man: Great. How about the parking fee?

Woman: Sorry, I’m not sure, maybe [……………………….]per hour.
Man: OK. And where is the Computer Centre?
Woman: It is opposite to the Student Union between the Library on the left
corner and the Canteen on your right.
Man: OK. Thank you very much.
Woman: Good luck.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation about student’s dissertation meeting.
Professor: Good morning, everyone. Today, I’d like to give you

an [………….]to ask questions about […………….] and timetable on writing
your final [……………….]. So anything you’d like to ask first?
Ariel: Professor, what about the word limit?
Professor: Well, you know generally, the words of final dissertation of the
master degree are limited between 18 to 20 thousand.
Ariel: Oh, does that include words of [……………………….]?
Professor: Yes. Of course.
Sky: And contents?

Professor: No. The word does not include the [……………………….]and
contents.
Sky: What is acknowledgement?
Professor: It is a few words of thanks that you write at the beginning of the
dissertation to the people who have helped you.
Ariel: How about its words?
Professor: No more than [……………………….].
Ariel: Right.
Sky: Professor, when is the hand-in date?
Professor: The deadline is on [……………………….].
Sky: Is it a fixed hand-in date? 1 mean if I cannot hand in my work before

30th July, how…?
Professor: Sky. I’m [……………………….]that you have to hand in your work

on time[……………………….]that you have some sort of accidents
or [……………………….].
Sky: OK.
Ariel: How do I hand in my work?

Professor: You could give your work to your tutor at [……………………….]or
send email to department.
Sky: Professor, when can I know who my tutor is?
Professor: You can check the lists of tutor arrangements.
Sky: Online?
Professor: Yes. Or you could go to our department office to check.
Ariel: Fine.
Ariel: How many tutorials do we have in a week?
Professor: Usually, there are two [……………………….]per week.
Ariel: How long do they last? Two hours?
Professor: No. One hour on afternoons.
Sky: Both on weekends?
Professor: No. One is from [……………………….]. on Tuesday the other is

from 2 p.m. to 3 p.m. on Friday.
Ariel: How about the requirements for the format?
Professor: You can check the requirements online, but one of the most
important things is to have a [……………………….].
Ariel: Printer?
Professor: Yes. We usually keep all [……………………….]on file, so you must

print your work by laser printer.
Ariel: Fine.
Professor: Let’s talk about the dissertation [……………………….].
Ariel: OK.
Professor: On the first week of May you should begin to prepare for writing.
The first point is to choose the topic.
Ariel: Can we choose the topic by ourselves?
Professor: Of course. Your tutor will give you some [……………………….]and

you can narrow a topic by yourself.
Ariel: Great.
Professor: And then you can work on your [……………………….]references.
Ariel: Right.
Professor: You can ask your tutor to give you a reference list and then borrow
reference books from our library.
Sky: And the next point is to prepare for [……………………….]plan?

Professor: Definitely. You should write a draft first and then discuss it with
your tutor at tutorial.
Ariel: If the draft is OK, what should we do next?
Professor: You will begin to do research to collect data to […………………….]

your work.
Ariel: OK.
Ariel: Can we choose the research [……………………….]by ourselves?
Professor: It is better for you to take your tutor’s advice.
Ariel: OK.
Professor: When your data is enough for your work you will begin to write up
your dissertation.
Sky: How many parts does a dissertation [……………………….]?
Professor: Usually, your work must have introduction, main body

and [……………………….]. You should talk about it with your tutor.
Ariel: And then can we hand our dissertation in?
Professor: No. You should do [……………………….]before handing in your

work.
Ariel: OK.
Professor: Anything else?
Ariel: No.
Professor: Right.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about Australia.
Australia is the world’s smallest [……………………….]and largest island. It is

one of the oldest land [……………………….]and flattest of the continents. After
Antarctica. Australia is the second[……………………….]continent. Most areas
of Australia are [……………………….]or arid. Almost 40 per cent is north of
the Tropic of Capricorn. On its western coast is the Indian Ocean and on its
east the Coral and Tasman seas of the South Pacific Ocean. Australia is the
only nation which [……………………….]an entire continent. It is about 25
times larger than Britain and almost double the [……………………….]areas of
Pakistan and India. There are three main[……………………….]characters: the
first one is the Great Western Plateau. It covers most of Western Australia,
much of the Northern Territory and South Australia, and part
of[……………………….]Queensland. Its average [……………………….]is about
300m. East of the plateau, [……………………….]from the Gulf of Carpentaria
in the north to eastern South Australia and the western [……………………….],
is the great [……………………….]belt known as the Central Eastern Lowlands.
The belt’s average elevation is 150m and, at Lake Eyre in South Australia, it
drops to about [……………………….]below sea level. The last one is the
Eastern Highlands, better known as the Great [……………………….]Range,
following the eastern coast south from far northern Queensland to
southern [……………………….], nearly over[……………………….] from the

coast and sometimes forming part of it. Their average[……………………….]is
less than 910m although peaks exceed [……………………….]in the rugged
south-eastern area, called the Australian Alps.
Nearly a third of Australia is north of the Tropic of Capricorn and the rest is
the[……………………….]. Low rainfall and clear sky is a feature of
the [……………………….]on most of the continent. In Australia summer is
from December to February,[……………………….], March to May, winter,
June to August., and spring, September to November. For most of the country,
January usually is the [……………………….]month in summer. The flag of
Australia is the only one to fly over a whole [……………………….]. The small
union Jack [……………………….]the historical link with Britain, the large star
has[……………………….]for each of the states and one star for
the [……………………….], and the small stars form the Southern Cross –
a [……………………….]feature of the southern[……………………….]night sky.
Australia has no official or traditional national costume. Green and gold have
been used traditionally by Australian Olympic and
other [……………………….]teams for most of the[……………………….], and
have became the national colours formally in [……………………….]. The
official language is English – by usage, not. law. It has its
own [……………………….]and slang but does not differ importantly from
other forms of English, except, in accent. Spelling generally follows the British
form. Australia is one of the most [……………………….]countries in the world,
with about [……………………….], of the population living in the 10 largest
cities and only 15 per cent of Australians live in rural areas. Australians have a
high standard of living by world standards. Australia is a [……………………….]
society with about a quarter of the population [………………….]. The first
European settlement of the continent-by the British – began
in [……………………….], on the site now [……………………….]by Sydney.

Settlement schemes during the next [……………………….]helped increase
Australia’s population to about[……………………….]by the end of World War
II. Over 5 million migrants have[……………………….]in Australia since,
helping to more than double its[……………………….]population. Nowadays,
most Australians work for wage or salary. They usually work about 35-40
hours per week. Employees can get paid [……………………….]leave (about 4
weeks), sick leave and long-service leave. They also have
about[……………………….]public holidays per year. Most people retire at the
age of 60-65. The average Australian [……………………….]has a life
expectancy of about. 79 and the male about 73. Most Australians many in their
late 20s. On average, couples have [……………………….].
Many [……………………….]of the arts in Australia have their roots in Europe,

but its Asian neighbours have made a main impact on its own history and
culture.[……………………….]Australian trends are developing, and the vigor
and originality of the aits in Australia often surprise visitors. In the
late [……………………….]and early[……………………….]the great problem
facing the arts was the same in other nations-increased costs and a decrease in
government [……………………….]. But increasing public
interest[……………………….]the [……………………….]to carry them through
difficult times. The Australian government has developed tax deduction
policies to [……………………….]greater financial support of the arts. A tax
deduction is available for [……………………….]of property to public libraries,
museums and art [……………………….]. The Australia council is a funding
agency of the government. The [……………………….]spends
over [……………….] dollars per year. More is spent by state governments. The
Australia council board supports [……………………….]art forms and central
council programmes support research, education and[……………………….]
arts.


SECTION 1
Questions 1-7

each answer.
TRAVEL AGENCY
Example Answer
Name of tour Magic One Day
Departure time: 1 ________ on Saturdays
Return time: 6:00 p.m
Transportation: 2 ______________ or minibus
Group size: 15 – 25 tourists

Cost: 3 _________ per person including
4 ______________________
Peak season: tourists need to 5 ____ 2 days ahead.
Payment: 6 _______________________
Reference number of tour: 7 ______________________
Questions 8-10
Choose THREE letters, A-G.
Which THREE attractions can tourists visit at present in Edinburgh?
A. City Hall
B. Old Castles
C. Zoo
D. Art Studio
E. Royal Palace
F. Seabird Centre
G. Aquarium

Questions 11-15

each answer.
CAMPUS CLINIC
Patient’s name: Mary Nixon
Faculty 11 ________________
Registered No. 12 ________________
Date of birth: 20th November, 1987
Nationality: 13 ________________
Address: 14 ________________
Case history: 15 ________________
Questions 16-18
16. Which of these describes Mary’s problem?

A. sneeze
B. sore throat
C. nausea
17. How long does Mary’s symptom last?
A. one week
B. two weeks
C. three weeks
18. What’s wrong with Mary according to the doctor?
A. She got headache.
B. She got allergy.
C. She was exhausted.
Questions 19 and 20
Which TWO things does the doctor suggest?
A. to have a rest at home

B. to have a check in a hospital
C. to stop eating seafood
D. to eat more fruits
E. to take some medicine
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
21. The orientation meeting _____________
A. took place last term.
B. will take place next month.
C. took place last week.
22. How many lectures will a student have in a week?
A. one
B. two
C. three

23 The number of students in one group is______________
A. 2-3.
B. 3-5.
C 5-6.
24. Who will give the group a mark according to its representative’s
presentation?
A. subject advisor
B. tutor
C. dean
25. According to the lecturer, postgraduate course is ____________
A. relaxed.
B. intensive.
C. interesting.
Questions 26-30
Answer the questions below.

Write NO MORE THAN THREE words for each answer.
26. What’s the main assessment of course?
27. Who can choose the topic of essay?
28. Where can students find their tutors’ names?
29. What should students use when they borrow materials from library?
30. Where can students get the username and password?
SECTION 4
Questions 31 and 32
31. Which of the following animals is the slowest?
A. koala
B. sloth
C. tortoise
32. What does algae reward sloth?
A. skin

B. protection
C. nutrition
Questions 33-38

answer.
THE LIVES OF SLOTH
Sloth has a short snout, big round eyes, a 33___________________ tail,

and small ears. The favorite activity of sloth is to 34_on trees. Sloth is also
classified as 35________ just like horses and cattle. Average body
temperature of sloth is 36____________Fahrenheit. 37__________will
affect sloth’s body temperature. Sloths get everything on tree, even
38_________________ which comes from juicy leaves and morning dew.
Questions 39 and 40
Answer the questions below.

answer.
39. How long does sloth digest its food?
40. What substance can help to resolve food in sloth’s stomach?

Answer keys:
1. 8:00 a.m.
2. coach
3. 18 pounds
4. guide fee
5. reserve a seat
6. cash
7. FC864
8-10. B, E, F
11. Art
12 MN0918
13. American
14. 17th King street
15. gastritis
16. A

17. A
18. B
19-20. B, E
21. C
22. C
23. B
24. A
25. B
26. assignment
27. student(s)
28. on their website
29. Library Card
30. The Computer Centre
31. B
32. C

33. stubby
34. sleep
35. herbivore
36. 93
37. Surrounding temperature
38. water
39. one month
40. bacteria
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation between a clerk and a tourist about a short trip.
You will see there is an example that has been done for you. On this occaswn,
only the conversation relating to this will be played first.

Clerk: Good morning. Wonderful […………………………….]. How can I help
you?
Tourist: Good morning. I’d like to know about the information about your
short trip. What’s the name of the trip?
Clerk: Magic One Day.
Tourist: Right. Could you […………………………….]me to the torn?
Clerk: Of course. And we will give you a […………………………….]latest trip.

if you book the
Tourist: Fine. When is the next one going?
Clerk: We have a trip every Saturday, which usually o’clock in the morning
departs at 8:00
Tourist: And when will we come back?
Clerk: About 6:00 o’clock in the afternoon.
Tourist: Fine. IIow about the type of […………………………….]?
Clerk: We like to keep our tours small, so we offer a coach or [……………….].
Tourist: That’s great. So how many tourists are there in one group?
Clerk: Usually, we take about 15 to 20 […………………………….]. But you

know it is a peak time now, so the number is up to 25 tourists.
Tourist: Well, that sounds good. So how much is the tour price?
Clerk: As I said I will give you a 5% discount, so the cost is [………………….]

for each person.
Tourist: Great. Does it include lunch?
Clerk: No, but the guide fee has been included.
Tourist: Do I need to book a seat?
Clerk: Yes. At peak season, in order to ensure your position, seat […………….]
is needed. So the tourist has to reserve a seat at least [……………….]before
leaving.
Tourist: OK. And how about the […………………………….]?
Clerk: You don’t need to pay any fees […………………………….].
Tourist: Fine. How about payments? Cash or credit card?
Clerk: Because we collect money just before departing, the only [………….] we
accept is cash.
Tourist: Fine. I see.
Clerk: That’s OK. And let me confirm you with your customer reference
number.
Tourist: Fine.
Clerk: That is […………………………….].
Tourist: Right. I write it down.
Clerk. How about other things do you want to know?
Tourist: Er, yes. I’d like to know what […………………………….]we will visit
during the tour.
Clerk: Well, let me check the time […………………………….]. We will start at

8 o’clock, and will arrive at […………………….]about 10 o’clock. The first
resort we will visit is Old Castles, the most famous Scottish [………………….].
It is the home of the Scottish Crown Jewels the oldest Royal Regalia in Britain.
Tourist: Well. May I take photos?
Clerk: Of course.
Tourist: I heard that the City Hall is a good place. Will we go there?
Clerk: The next tour does not […………………………….]that place.
Tourist: OK. –
Clerk: And then we will go to see St. Giles’ Cathedral with [………………….]
years history. It is […………………………….]for its stained glass, Rieger organ
and beautiful Thistle chapel.
Tourist: Great. Is it near to the zoo?

Clerk: Yes. After lunch you will visit Roval Palace. It is a good place to know
about[……………………….] family’s life, but it has a rule with no photo.
Tourist: Right.
Clerk: But, you can pick some […………………….]in the local[……………….]

shops closed to the palace.
Tourist: Great.
Clerk: And about 4 o’clock, we will get to the Seabird Centre.
Tourist: Do you mean the […………………………….]?
Clerk: No. They are different places.
Tourist: OK. Does it have an animal […………………………….]?
Clerk: Sure. You can appreciate the play of […………………………….]and sea

lion.
Tourist: It sounds good.
Clerk: About 6 o’clock we will return. If you need other information, please
read our tour[…………………………….].
Tourist: Fine. Thank you very much.
Clerk: You are welcome. Good-bye.

Tourist: Good-bye.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation between a doctor and a student.
Mary: Good afternoon, doctor. May I come in?
Doctor: Yes. Come in.
Mary: I’m a […………………………….]in the university and 1 don’t feel very

good.
Doctor: OK, sit down please. I need to record some basic […………….] about,
you first.
Mary: Fine.
Doctor: What’s your full name?
Mary: Mary Nixon.
Doctor: Is your surname [……………………….]N-I-X-O-N?
Mary: That’s right.
Doctor: Well. Mary, what’s your major?
Mary: T’m studying Art.

Doctor: A good choice. Tell me your […………………………….].
Mary: Registered number? Sorry, I’m not sure… may be…
Doctor: Did you bring your Union Card of Library Card?
Mary: Yes. I brought it.
Doctor: OK. Well tell me the number on your card.
Mary: It is MN0918.
Doctor: And your birthday?
Mary: I was born on […………………………….].
Doctor: Where are you from?
Mary: I come from New York.
Doctor: Oh, we are from the same city.
Mary: Really?
Doctor: Yes. Where do you live? Campus […………………………….]?
Mary: Actually, I wall move out from […………………………….]flat tomorrow.

I rent a house in North-West with three friends.

Doctor: Fine. Tell me your present address.
Mary: It is […………………………….].
Doctor: OK. And your contact number?
Mary: 3678259.
Doctor: Right. Now, let’s get some of your […………………………….]

background.
Mary: OK.
Doctor: Have you ever had any serious […………………….]or accidents?
Mary: I got gastritis when I was in middle school.
Doctor: Did you have an operation?
Mary: No. I just took medicine and had some […………………………….].
Doctor: Anything else?
Mary: No, nothing.
Doctor: So, Mary, what’s your trouble?
Mary: Well, recently I’ve been having some trouble with my head and eyes and
nose…

Doctor: Oh, no.
Mary: I think I’ve got a […………………………….]flu.
Doctor: Maybe or maybe not. Describe your problem [……………………….].
Mary: OK. Since last week I’ve been […………………………….]and sometimes

I can’t stop and even later I began to feel […………………………….].
Doctor: Do you get a fever?
Mary: No.
Doctor: Did you attend any […………………………….]activities during the last,

week?
Mary: Let me think… no, nothing special… yeah, I had a camping last Monday.
Doctor: To where?
Mary: Eastern mountain. You know there are lots of beautiful flowers. We
took many photos there.
Doctor: So your […………………………….]has lasted for one week?
Mary: Yes. But sometimes I’m fine. I don’t know why.
Doctor: Do you have any allergies?

Mai’y: I remember I got […………………………….]to mango when I was child,
but now I’m fine.
Doctor: How about flowers? I mean […………………………….]?
Mary: You mean I’m allergic to pollen?
Doctor: Yes.
Mary: What, should I do?
Doctor: I suggest you take some medicine first and drink more water.
Mary: OK.
Doctor: And then if your […………………………….]are getting worse I suggest

you go to a[…………………………….]to check.
Mary: OK. Thank you very much.
Doctor: I hope you will recover soon.
Mary: Thanks. Goodbye.
Doctor: Goodbye.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between a new student and a lecturer.

Student: Good morning. May I come in?
Lecturer: Yes. come in please.
Student: I’m a new student and I’m looking for the office of [……………….]
faculty. Is this the right place?
Lecturer: Yes, this is the Faculty of Engineering. How can I help you?
Student: I know there was an […………………………….]meeting last Friday.

but I did not[…………………………….]that meeting, so T’m wondering if
someone could give me some information about… you know the campus life or
course […………………………….]or something like that.
Lecturer: Yes. Sit down please. Where should we begin?
Student: Firstly, how many lectures do I have to attend every week?
Lecturer: You know there are not too many lectures of [……………………….]
courses. Let me check. Oh, you have lectures on Monday. Wednesday and
Friday afternoon, from 2p.m. to 4p.m.
Student: How often do I have to attend […………………………….]in a week?
Lecturer: Well, there is only one group seminar on Thursday morning

at[…………………………….].
Student: You mean the group?

Lecturer: Yes.
Student: How many people are there in one group?
Lecturer: About 3 to 5.
Student: Fine.
Lecturer: You will discuss about 20 minutes and then the [……………….] of
your group will give a short presentation.
Student: A presentation?
Lecturer: Right.
Student: Do all members in group have a chance to give a [………………….]?
Lecturer: Maybe. And then your subject […………………………….]will give you

a mark.
Student: A mark? Does that mean the representative’s mark is all members’
mark?
Lecturer: That’s right.
Student: How about […………………………….]?
Lecturer: The postgraduate attendance is only […………………………….]. But

a few students will be […………………………….]in our faculty.

Student: Fine. Should I choose the time? Because I have a [……………….]job.
Lecturer: I am afraid not. You know the postgraduate course is very […..….].
We do not suggest that our students do any jobs
Student: Yes, I see. I will spend time on my course. Oh, how many[……….]
courses are there in the coming academic year?
Lecturer: You have three modular courses from September to June next year.
Student: OK.
Lecturer: Anything else can 1 help you with?
Student: I’d like to know some information about the course […………….].
Lecturer: Well, beside presentation you will have an exam at the end of the
term.
Student: An exam? What type of exam?
Lecturer: It’s an […………………………….]exam.
Student: Fine.
Lecturer: But your main […………………………….]is assignment.
Student: You mean homework?

Lecturer: Yes. You will have to write an assignment with 6 to 7 thousand words
every month.
Student: […………………………….]?
Lecturer: Yes.
Student: Oh. How about the topic?
Lecturer: Your tutor mil give you some […………………………….]on the topic
based on some course hand outs or […………………………….]books, but you
have to narrow the topic by yourself.
Student: So can I choose the topic of essay by myself?
Lecturer: Yes, of course.
Student: Great.
Lecturer: You must pay […………………………….]to your essay deadline. All

assignment work must be […………………………….]in before the deadline
your tutor gives you.
Student: When should I visit my tutor?
Lecturer: You should check your tutor’s name and contact number on our
website.
Student: Fine.

Lecturer: Do you have a […………………………….]?
Student: No. I have not applied for one.
Lecturer: I think you should register for a Library Card first. Because you need
it when you borrow reference books from library.
Student: OK. I will apply for one tomorrow morning.
Lecturer: Anything else?
Student: The last thing is how can I get my [………….] and[……………….] of

our university’s website.
Lecturer: First you should go to The Computer Centre to register and then they
will give you a username and password.
Student: That’s fine. Thanks for your […………………………….].
Lecturer: You are welcome. See you later.
Student: See you.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about an animal living in South American.
Welcome to Magic Animal Time. Today I’d like to give you an introduction to
a[…………………………….]called sloth. Native to Central and South American

rain forest, the sloth is the […………………………….]animal on the earth. It
needs 12 seconds to finish one step even slower than [……………………….].
Algae grows on its brown[…………………………….]back because
its […………………….] lifestyle. Even the fur of sloths is […………………….]to
their lifestyle. Sloths usually hang upside down so their stiff, [……………….]
fur grows differently from the coats of most[…………………………….]. Horses’
hair, for example, grows from the back, so[…………………………….]will run
off. Below this tough top layer, a[…………………………….]downy layer of hair
provides additional protection from[…………………………….]insects.
The greenish cast of the sloth’s […………………………….]fur is caused by

symbiotic algae that grow in […………………………….]running along the
length of each of the mammal’s outer hairs. The sloth hosts
the […………………………….], and the algae return the favour by
providing[……………….] that the sloth either […………………………….]by
licking its fur or absorbs through its skin. The […………………………….]green
colour makes the sloth look just like a clump of dry leaves hanging ửom
a […………………………….]– the perfect jungle camouflage. And the longer a
sloth lives, the greener it gets.
Sloths have a short and flat, head, a snout that is short in length, big round
eyes, long tree-[…………………………….], a stubby tail and small ears and
though some have called them[…………………….], they have the cutest face
that looks like they are always smiling just like koala in […………………….].
Sloths spend most of the day […………………………….]. Curling up in a tree

notch or hanging from a branch with all four legs closed together, their heads
tuck between their front, legs. People[…………………………….]see them much
move even when they are […………………………….]. Only at feeding time,
sloths move slowly and […………………………….], hand over and through

the […………………………….], searching for leaves, fruits, and twigs. They
even mate and give bứt.h while […………………………….]from their long,
curved daws. Sometimes a sloth will die hanging upside down from a tree limb
and remain so after death, until they[…………………………….]or are forcibly
removed.
Why do sloths have such an unusual […………………………….]? It’s the

strategy they evolved to[…………………………….]as tree-
[…………………………….]plant eaters in a place with many predators.
Most domestic […………………………….], such as cattle, horse, and sheep,

graze all day long. Because they feed on nutrient poor [……………………….],
they must eat. almost constantly. Sloths are also […………………………….]as
herbivores, and their diets are also low in[…………………………….]; but rather
than […………………………….]all day long, they have become masters at
conserving energy.
As any […………………………….]knows, maintaining muscle requires

large[…………………………….]of food energy • far more than a sloth’s
vegetarian diet can provide. Sloths are relatively […………………………….]and
usually spend most of their day hanging upside down, so they can get by with
half as much […………………….]mass as similar sized [………………….].
Hence, they don’t, need to eat too much. In addition, because of heavy muscle
sloths weigh far less than other mammals. This makes it possible for them to
climb on thin branches high in the tropical forest […………………………….],
where thev can more easily find food and avoid heftier [……………………….].
Keeping a high body […………………………….]also takes energy. Sloths fall

this need by maintaining a lower average body temperature than
other […………………………….]. Dogs, cats, horses, sheep, and cows all have

average body temperatures between about 100 and 103°F, but a
sloth’s […………………………….]body temperature is about 93°F.
Equally important, a sloth’s body temperature […………………………….]with

the surrounding temperature. Like snakes and frogs which are
“[……………….]” creatures, a sloth’s body temperature is highest on warm,
sunny days and lowest at night and on rainy days. Sometimes a sloth takes
a [……………….] in the morning to warm up. Then, during the [……………….]
time of the day, it hides in the shade so it won’t overheat. During a 24-hour
period, a sloth’s body temperature may vary as much as [……………….]. If the
body temperature of a [……………………….], a cat, or a dog varies just 5°F, it
can be life[…………………………….].
Because […………………………….]have difficulty moving over land, they

spend most of their time in the trees. They can get just about everything they
need high above the forest floor – even water. which comes from
eating […………………………….] leaves and ticking up drops of morning dew.
Short bursts of [……………...….] followed by long periods
of[……………….]make sloths less vulnerable to large raptors such as
harpy[………………….]and other carnivores such as […………………….].As
long as sloths remain […………………………….]quiet and still, they’re nearly
impossible to detect.
At feeding time, a sloth reaches out, grabs an […………………………….]branch

with its flexible feet, and tugs until the food is within reach of
its […………………………….]. After pulling the vegetation into its mouth, the
sloth clips the leaves with its hard, tough hps and slowly[………………….]them
with large, peg-like teeth. A sloth […………………….] its food just as it does
everything else – very slowly. People usually digest, their food in about a day,
but […………………………….]can take about a month to finish the process. As

soon as a sloth [………………….] a mouthful of [……………………….]plants,
the bacteria in its stomach and […………………………….]begin breaking down
the food. It takes many hours for the […………………………….]to digest the
tough plant material that makes up a sloth’s diet. Only then can the
sloth […………………………….]the nutrients it needs to five and grow.
So do you have a new understanding about the slow but not lazy animal? Next
week we will talk about… (fade)

SECTION 1
Questions 1-5

each answer.
Accommodation Request Form
Example Answer
Type of accommodation: Homestay
Full name: 1 ________________ Lee
Age: 2 ________________

Present address: International House
Room: 3 ________________
Reasons for applying for homestay: to know about local culture
to 4_______________
Contact number: 8141 9680 (home)
5 _________________(mobile)
Questions 6-10

each answer.
Accommodation requirements:
a nice landlady
own 6___________________
no young children
near to 7____________________
The 8 ___________________ will be £140, including 9_bill.

Accommodation required date:

10__________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Guide for Peak District
Peak District’s location: five miles from Sheffield 11 ____________
Main attractions:
Bakewell Town is known for local food: 12 ____________
Chatsworth House has formal gardens and 13 ____________
The heart of Peak District is the Peak District 14 ____________
The most famous cavern in Castleton is called 15 ____________
Questions 16-20

each answer.
16__________________ must be accompanied by an adult on walking and

cycling.
Tourists can pick 17_____________________ in some specialist shops.
Chatsworth’s art collection has 18______________________ years’

history.
Eyam village is also called 19_________________________
Eyam Hall has 20___________________________ workshops.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
21. Harper’s paper is about ______________
A. energy crisis.
B. environment protection.
C. computer technology.
22. The research method that the professor recommends is

A. interview.
B. questionnaire.
C. presentation.
23. Harper is worried about ______________
A. essay deadline.
B. questionnaire data.
C. course stress.
Questions 24-26
Choose the correct letter.
Write A if professor says REMAIN
Write B if professor says REWRITE
Write C if professor says REMOVE
What suggestions does professor make?
24. purpose ___________
25. structure ___________

26. personal experiences ___________
Questions 27-30
ESSAY REQUIREMENT
To hand in essay by 27 ________________
To print essay by 28 ________________
Before handing in: to do 29__________________ e.g. grammar and

spelling; to check proper 30___________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40

each answer.
BRITISH MEDIA
Newspapers began to appear in the 18-19th Century.

31_______________ is British oldest daily newspaper.
The legal rule of advertisement that all the British media must follow is
32_____________________.
There are over 33__________________ different newspapers in Britain.
The press that publishes serious articles is 34_____________________.
The most leftwing newspaper is 35 _________________________.
A feature of the tabloid press is a girl picture on 36__________________.
The oldest soap shop was located in the northern city of 37_____________
in England.
British newscasts get good reputation for the 38____________________

of reporting.
British viewers usually use the time of 39_______________________ to

make a drink.
Audience have to buy a 40_______________________.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about homestay registration between a student

and an accommodation advisor. You will see there is an example that has
been done for you. On this occasion only the conversation relating to this will
be played first.
Aaron: Good morning-.
Advisor: Good morning.
Aaron: I’d like to apply for a homestay. (Example)
Advisor: Right, sit down please. Well, I need to take down your […………….]
first.
Aaron: OK.
Advisor: What’s your full name?
Aaron: My name is Aaron Lee.
Advisor: Do you spell your first name A-A-R-O-N?
Aaron: Yes.
Advisor: OK, and your age?
Aaron: I’m […………………………….]years old.

Advisor: So you are a […………………………….]in our university?
Aaron: Yes.
Advisor: What’s your present address?
Aaron: I live in student […………………………….]– International House.
Advisor: In which area?
Aaron: North Campus.
Advisor: Your room number?
Aaron: It is […………………………….].
Advisor: OK. Aaron, are you […………………………….]with your flat now?
Aaron: Actually, my flat is alright, but I hope to move into a local family to
have more[…………………………….]to know about local culture and to
improve my English.
Advisor: Right. Tell me your contact number?
Aaron: My home number is […………………………….], and my mobile phone

is[…………………………….].
Advisor: Well, Aaron, can you tell me your […………………………….]about

homestay? Such as food or facilities, something like that.

Aaron: Yes. Firstly, I prefer to live in a […………………………….]house with a
nice landlady and I hope she would be good at cooking.
Advisor: Ali’ight. How about others?
Aaron: And I’d like to have my own bathroom and […………………………….]. I

don’t want to share with others.
Advisor: OK, no problem. Anything else?
Aaron: Oh… yeah… you know, one of my friends, Chris, who lives in a family
with[…………………………….]…
Advisor: Yeah.
Aaron: They are too noisy and my friend cannot study. So I hope there are no
young children in my homestay house.
Advisor: OK fine. Do you need a garage?
Aaron: I don’t drive now and maybe I would need it in future. Oh, yes, 1 hope
that, the house would be near to […………………………….].
Advisor: OK. Not far from campus. Anything else?
Aaron: No.
Advisor: Well, let’s talk about the rent and the […………………………….].
Aaron: OK.
Advisor: Usually, the rent of homestay is about a […………………………….]per
week and you will have to pay two weeks’ rent as a deposit in advance.
Aaron: Does the rent include all bills?
Advisor: No. It only includes the water fee. You have to pay
your […………………….] bill and telephone bill and cable bill if you need.
Aaron: Right.
Advisor: When would you like to move in?
Aaron: As soon as possible. Well, I hope to see a house this weekend. How
about this Saturday?
Advisor: Is it […………………………….]?
Aaron: Right.
Advisor: OK. 1 know. Do you have any other questions?
Aaron: No, that’s all. Thanks for your help.
Advisor: You are welcome. Good-bye.
Aaron: Good-bye.
SECTION 2

You will hear a lecture about a famous natural resort in England.
Welcome, everybody, to the guide for the Peak District. Situated in the heart of
England and[…………………………….]part of six counties, the Peak District is
a place of[…………………………….]natural beauty. It is just five miles from the
Sheffield City Centre.
A short break, or longer holiday, will allow you to […………………………….]

some of England’s most […………………………….]scenery and in the towns,
villages and[…………………………….]– among the prettiest in the country –
you will find a warm and[…………………………….]welcome wherever you go.
Every taste is […………………………….]for and many exciting activities are
available. Here are some […………………………….]of the most popular places
to visit. For the most active people, the following areas offer you
excellent[…………………….] for walking, strolling, […………………………….],
caving, cycling, and hang-[…………………………….].
The first place I’d like to introduce you to is Bakewell. This beautiful little town
is[…………………………….]for a certain local […………………………….]– the
famous Bakewell pudding. Q12 It’s very delicious. And steeped in history,
Bakewell’s oldest building dates back to Henry VIlI’s reign. Just south of the
town is the […………………………….]Haddon Hall, a[………………….]Tudor
Manor House complete with gardens, heralded as the most[………………….]
in England. On Sheffield’s […………………………….], lies the ‘Palace of the
Peak’. Chatsworth is quite […………………………….]the UK’s most stunning
country house and a ‘must see’ for any visitor. The […………………………….]
ground alone – with their formal gardens, fountains and maze – are worth a
visit.

At the heai’t of the Peak District lies the Peak District National Park, the first of
Britain’s National Parks, […………………………….]in 1951, to safeguard
and[…………….] this beautiful region not only for future [………………….]
but also for visitors to enjoy in the present. Whether you’re exploring, getting
out in the great outdoors or simply relaxing, […………………………….]the
Peak District and the Peak District National Park, you’ll be taking home
wonderful […………………………….]!
A regular train service from […………………………….]travels through the

scenic Hope Valley, home to the […………………………….]villages of
Hathersage, Edale & Castleton. Hathersage is the final resting place of little
John, while Edale marks the […………………………….]start of the Pennine
Way. Castleton has some of the greatest show […………………………….]in
Europe and the only […………………………….]Norman Keep in Derbyshire.
The most famous cavern is ‘Blue John Cavern’. The natural [………………….]
caverns are home to eight of the fourteen known varieties
of […………………………….]Blue
[…………………………….]John stone, which can be seen in its natural state

among stalactites and […………………………….].
Further south, the [………………….] grit stone edges and[………………….]

valleys of the Derbyshire Dales offer endless opportunities for walking and
cycling. Please be aware that all children must be […………………………….]by
an adult. There, many charming villages and larger market towns are famous
for[…………………………….]shops offering everything from hand-made
chocolates and[…………………………….]to antiques, designer clothing
and […………………………….]to tackle the great outdoors! You could pick up
some wonderful […………………………….]for your friends.

Perhaps the most magnificent and certainly the best known stately home in
England, Chatsworth is home to a […………………………….]art collection
which represents 4.000 years of European culture
and […………………………….], from ancient Greece to modern works by
British artists. Everything about Chatsworth is on an impressive scale, from
the[……………………….] interiors to the […………………………….] gardens
and the 1,000 acre, ‘Capability’ Brown-designed estate is one of the most
beautiful and historic man-made[…………………………….]in Britain.
The last resort I hope to […………………………….]you is the beautiful village

of Eyam where there is a tragic tale. In […………………………….]a tailor in
this small village received some cloth ridden with […………………………….]
fleas from London. The village decided to[…………………………….] itself but a
third of the villagers died. That’s known as the famous ‘[……………….]village’.
There are several reminders of this dramatic event and Eyam Hall tells a vivid
story of those fearful months. Eyam Hall is a small but charming[…………….]
manor house with cafe and craft workshops in the centre of Eyam.
It. has been over […………………………….]since the Britain’s first national

park was[…………………………….]in 1951. Every year lots of visitors from all
over the world come here to relax and enjoy the natural beauty. So if you feel
tired and […………………………….]about your work, study or even the life
lives why not visit the Peak District?
You will find what you need there.
SECTION 3
In this section you will hear a talk between a student and a professor.

Harper: Good afternoon, Professor George.
George: Good afternoon, Harper, let’s talk about your [……………….]draft,

OK?
Harper: Yes. Actually, professor George, I… I just […………………………….]to

change my essay topic to energy […………………………….]…
George: Oh, I don’t thinlc you need to change the topic. You know[…….….]
protection is much better than that one.
Harper: Oh, Really? I’m glad to hear that. In your mind that’s a good work?
George: Yes. I think so. But, there is still lots of work that need to be done…
Harper: Oh yes…of course. I am just very […………………………….]to hear

what you think of it.
George: Well, the first one, which research […………………………….]will you

take?
Harper: I’d like to use a […………………………….].
George: I don’t think that’s a good choice.
Harper: Why?
George: Because you will have lots of […………………………….]data to check.

That will be a huge work.

Harper: Yeah, I think you are right.
George: How about an interview?
Harper: OK, I will think about it. Professor George, I think 1 have a problem
with the[…………………………….].
George: You mean the deadline?
Harper: Yes. I’m […………………………….]I can’t hand in my work before the

essay[…………………………….].
George: Why?
Harper: You know I have to spend a lot of time on my part-time job.
George: Harper, I don’t think you’ve given me a good reason. You know I
can’t[……………….] your deadline except you get […………………………….].
Harper: But, Professor George, I….
George: This is our rule. I hope you can cope well with your timetable, OK?
Harper: OK.
George: Harper, generally speaking, your essay is a good work, but I’m worried
about some parts.
Harper: Yes. Could you give me some […………………………….]about my

work?
George: Well, let’s start with the purpose. I think it is not bad.
You […………….], your idea and the reason for this work, but…
Harper: What should I do?
George: It’s better for you to make them clearly. I mean to [………………….]
them.
Harper: OK. The purpose needs to be stronger. Oh, what’s your […………….]
about the structure?
George: I think your structure is very clear. I do really say, well-done and go
ahead.
Harper: Thanks very much. I am so glad to hear that.
George: That’s OK.
Harper: How about other problems with my […………………………….]?
George: How do you think your personal […………………………….]as

background[…………………………….]your work?
Harper: Oh, it is just my question. I’m not sure whether I should write them.
George: I can see why you put it here but it really isn’t relevant, to
your[……………….]. My advice on that is that you take them out.
Harper: I think you are right. Anything else?

George: No. Just go ahead.
Harper: Yes. How about other […………………………….]? Such as format or

something like that?
George: Well, let me see, oh, yes, your way of handing it in.
Harper: I heard we must send our essays to you by email, is that right?
George: Yes. That’s right. Before your […………………………….], let me check.

It is … oh, here, it is on […………………………….].
Harper: Right. I will hand in my essay on time.
George: Good. And you have to print your work by […………………………….].

Harper: Why?
George: We will store all of our students’ work, so good quality is very
important.
Harper: OK. Oh, Professor George, should I do the proof-reading before

handing in my essay?
George: Yes. Proof-reading is necessary. You should check your grammar or

spelling or format before handing in your work.
Harper: OK.
George: And your references. You must make your […………………………….]

clearly, and that’s very important.
Harper: OK, I know. Thanks very much for your help. Professor George.
George: A pleasure. How about your presentation… (fade)
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about British Media.
The United Kingdom has one of the world’s oldest […………………………….]

newspaper industries. In the late […………………………….]and early
nineteenth century, as the British economy began to [……………………….], as
literacy levels rose through the introduction of[…………………………….], more
and more newspapers began to appear. The Times. which first appeared
in […………………………….], is the United Kingdom’s oldest daily newspaper.
While The […………………………….], which is still published every Sunday,
began[…………………………….]in 1791, making it the world’s oldest national
newspaper. The different main […………………………….]newspapers – The
Times, The Observer, The[…………………………….]– still suggest that the
function of the paper is to offer the[…………………………….]objective reports
about what is happening in the country. The function of […………………….]
the government is one of the reasons why a free press is[…………………….] so
important to the functioning of[…………………………….]democracy.
Besides politicians businessmen paid more […………………………….]to the

power of the press. They used press to […………………………….]their
products and services to[…………………………….]customers, so the
advertising business was born. In Britain, most[…………………………….]is
carried in newspapers: companies use the press to sell products, people use the
press to look for a job, or to buy a house. All the British media must follow
Advertising Codes which […………………………….]that advertisements

are[…………………………….], honest and […………………………….], have a
sense of responsibility for […………………………….]and society and respect,
the principles of fair competition.
British newspaper culture is […………………………….]in the extent to which

class and educational differences are […………………………….]in the
newspapers people read. In other developed countries like Japan and the
United States, newspaper reading is a habit of mainly middle-class, however,
in Britain the “lower classes” are also regular readers. There are more
than […………………………….]different newspapers which cater for a wide
range from[…………………………….]to educational views. Britain has one of
the highest levels of newspaper sales per head of population in the world.
Although most newspapers are[…………………………….]independent of
political parties, they also express some political views.
The quality uress not only publishes most serious and in-
depth […………………………….]of particular political and social issues but
also […………………………….]reviews about high culture for readers
with […………………………….]and middle class. The most leftwing of these
newspapers is The Guardian : you will often hear people on TV or in daily life
refer to “Guardian readers” – this is a kind of short hand to suggest someone
who is […………………………….]and[…………………………….]in their
politics, and interested in society and social[…………………………….], such as
will be soft on crime or quite […………………………….]and interested in green
politics.
The other […………………………….]of national newspapers is the “tabloids”

which people usually call it “the gutter press’1. It often carries
some […………………………….]about famous person whether in
politics, […………………………….]or sport, etc. The stories are short, easy to

read and usually rely more on […………………………….]than fact. One feature
of the[……………….] press which has become a national [………………….] is
the Page 3 Girl – a picture each day of pretty, scantily clad young woman.
The […………………………….]media – television and radio –

are[…………………………….]important to British national life. According to
record, British people spend 4-5 hours a day watching TV. Whether you are
working, chatting with friends or family[…………………………….]will usually
be about programmes that were watched the evening before. Even newspapers
also carry […………………………….]of programmes which are being
broadcast. If a […………………………….]does not participate in television
viewing he or she usually is looked as “out”. News, entertainment, and sport
are British people favourites. However[…………………………….], comedy and
game programmes fall in and out favour, Britain has two long-
running […………………………….]operas. The oldest and most popular soap
shop was[…………………………….]in the northern city of Manchester in
the […………………………….].
Compared with American soap operas, British soaps present gritty

and[…………………………….]accounts of the everyday life of Britons. They are
of very high quality and are popular abroad: whether in New Zealand or
Canada, you can keep up with your favourite characters.
Daily news and weather […………………………….]are also popular viewing.

British[…………………………….]are famous for the quality of their reporting.
While, there are not many channels for […………………………….], so an
interesting [……………………….]appears: during [………………….] popular
programmes, the national utility companies have to make special preparations
becauduring [………………………….] breaks , a surge of demand for electricity

is created when […………………………….] of British viewers rush out of
the[…………………………….] to make a cup of tea.
The British Broadcasting Corporation – more familiarly known as

the[…………………………….]or even “the Beeb” – is Britain’s main public
service[…………………………….]. It began in 1927 as a public service radio
station, and later moved into TV. The BBC has two channels. BBC
1 […………………………….]in shows with broad appeal, such as sport,
entertainment, drama, kid’s shows and current […………………………….].
BBC 2 caters for special interest […………………………….]and so
broadcasts[…………………………….]and shows aimed at particular social
groups, such as the elderly, the[…………………………….], homosexuals, and
so on. The BBC is funded by licence fees and viewers must buy
a […………………………….] each year for their TV set. The BBC is no longer
just about TV showrs. Nowadays it is a multimedia business with
wide[…………………………….]and educational interests.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10
omplete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer

COMPUTING TECHNOLOGY 25th CONFERENCE
Contact University: (Example) New South Wales University
Conference date: 1 ___________________
Conference venue: 2 ____________________
Reservation phone No.: 3 ____________________
Cost: $360 for 4 days
Student rate: $180 for 4 days or 4 __________
Contact person: 5 __________________
Candidate’s name: John Helatone, a computing technology

student from 6 ____________ University
Take action fast!
Closing date for talk: 7_________________
Send outline including: 8_________________
Maximum length: 300 words
Also send: 9_________________

E-mail address: 10___________@annuconf.edu.au
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Complete the notes as you listen. Use NO MORE THAN THREE

Weekly Cooking Corner – Gingers
Ginger is a spicy-tasting root related to the bamboo family and has a variety of
uses in the kitchen. (Example)
The Chinese used ginger principally for 11___________________.
Ginger was first grown in 12__________ and _______________
Spice traders were able to get 13__________________ for ginger.
Ginger was introduced to Australia in the 14____________ century.
Questions 15-17
Complete the table below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Ginger Production in Australia

Cause Effect
High rainfall in Queensland 15 _________________
Australian ginger was not price

High 16 ______________
competitive
17 __________________ Supplies of ginger ran low
Questions 18 – 20
Complete the fact sheet below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
FACTS ABOUT BUDERIM COOPERATIVE
Cooperative was formed with 18 £______________ and two wooden vats

and 19_______________ of raw ginger.
40% of ginger is used in 20_________________.
60% of ginger exported to Asia, Europe and elsewhere.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 -25
each answer.

Opinions about Global Temperature
Scientists want to know whether global warming is caused by 21_________
Insulation may cause the Earth to 22___________________________
There are many 23 _________________________ on the global climate.
The 24_________________________________ does not remain static.
We cannot understand the global climate without understanding 25 ______.

Questions 26-27
Complete the table. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Method used to measure temperature Location of instruments
From thermometers in buoys in the sea
When water is drawn through the

in the sea
26___________ of ships
ATSR (infra-red detector) 27__________________
Questions 28-30
Choose THREE letters, A-F
Which THREE advantages of the ATSR are mentioned by Dr Parkinson?
A. Is located In two places

B. measures very accurately
C. produces large amounts of data
D. correct to within 3 degrees centigrade
E.can view 500 kilometers at a time
F.lasts two and a half years
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
How to Make Personal Control of One’s Health
31_____________________ should take charge of their health.
The single greatest threat to health is 32__________________.
Disturbing findings about men’s health • the group who was at most risk of
early death is 33 _____________________.
Possible causes are:
drinking too much alcohol;

heavy smoking;
34 _________________
no adequate exercise.
Environmental factors affecting health:
air or water pollution
the threat of 35______________ is most under-rated.
Personal control of one’s health:
A well-funded education campaign will help enhance

36_________________
and many illnesses could be prevented by

38________________________.
Do exercises for 38______________________ so you may find someone

to join you.
Make adequate 39______________________to prevent sports injury.
Reduce injuries by using 40____________________ techniques.

Answer keys:
Section 1, Questions 1-10
1. 15-18 September/ 15th to 18th September

2. (the) Pacific Hotel
3. 07 9444 1233
4. $50 a day
5. (Professor) Dorfman – .
6. London
7. last Friday
8. (an) interesting title
9. (a) short/brief CV
10. Admin
11. medicine /medical purposes
12. China; India (in either order)
13. a good price / (a) lot of money
14. (early) 20th
15. Perfect / Ideal (conditions)
16. production cost(s) / cost of production
17. The Second World War/ World War II
18. 25
19. 14 tons
20. Australia
21. human activities
22. get warmer

23. influences
24. Earth’s temperature
25. (the) oceans
26. Engines
27. (in) space/(in) orbit/ above us / on the Earth
28- 30. B; C; E (in any order)
31. Patients
32. smoking
33. young men
34. heavy diet
36. (the) sun
36 .public health (standards)
37 .healthy lifestyle (choices)
38. fun / a pleasure
39. warm-up
40. cross-training

SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a series of telephone conversations between an

overseas student and some people involved in turn. He wants to confirm
some information for an international conference on computing technology.
H = Helstone; O = Operator; A = Assistant; D = Professor Dorfman [phone

rings] [phone rings]
O: New South Wales University. Good morning.
H: Oh, good morning. Can you put me through to the School of

Computing[…………………………….], please?
O: Certainly.
A: School of Computing Technology. Professor Dorfman’s office.
H: Oh! Good morning. I was wondering if you could give me some information
about the forthcoming Computing Technology
25th […………………………….]? Dates,[…………………………….]procedures,
cost…that sort of thing?
A: Certainly.

H: When exactly is the conference?
A: Well, the conference runs for four days from the 15th to the 18th of
September.
H: 15th to 18th September… Oh, good. I’ll stilj be here then and urn…,
where[…………………………….]is it being held? Is it at
the […………………………….]as in previous years?
A: No, it’s actually being held at the Pacific Hotel – we’ve

rather […………………………….]the university
conference […………………………….]so we’ve […………………………….]for
this new venue.
H: Right, Paradise Hotel.
A: No. Pacific Hotel.
H: Oh, right. And […………………………….]we can get accommodation at the

hotel?
A: Yes, but you’ll need to contact them directly

to […………………………….]that. I’ll give you the number for
hotel […………………………….]. Have you got a pen ready?
H: Yeah, go ahead.
A: It’s area code (07) and then 9. triple 4. 1-2. double 3.

H: 0-7-9. triple 4. 1-2. double 3. And what’s
the […………………………….]fee?
A: Individual fees are […………………………….]for the 4 days, or $100 a day if

you only wanted to
attend for one day. ,
H: Are there any student […………………………….]?
A: Oh. sure. There’s a […………………………….] concession for students, and

that’s $180 for the four
davs, or […………………………….].
H: And am I too late to offer to give a talk?
A: Oh, I’m pretty sure you’ve missed the […………………………….]for that.
H: Oh, really? But I’ve only just […………………………….]here in Australia –

is there any way I could
have a paper […………………………….]?
A: Well, vou’d need to talk to Professor Dorfman. He’s the

person[…………………………….]the
conference this year. I can out you through if you’d like.
H: Oh, yes please. Thafd be great. Oh, and can I just check the spelling of his
name? Is that D-O-R-F-M-A-N?
A: Yes, that’s correct.
D: Professor Dorfman speaking.
H: Oh, hello. My name’s John […………………………….]. I’m a

computing[…………………………….]student at London University. I’m here in
Australia for 3 months, looking at […………………………….]application of
computing and information technology.
D: Right.
H: I’m interested in giving a talk on my […………………………….]at the

conference but I believe I may have missed the deadline.
D: Well, strictly speaking you have. The closing date was last Friday.
H: Oh, no!
D: But we may be able to include your paper if it fits into

our […………………………….], but you’ll have to be quick.
H: OK. What do I need to do?
D: Send me an outline of your talk. And make sure you include

an […………………………….]title for the talk. Something to attract the
delegates’ […………………………….].
H: OK. Interesting title. Right.

D: The outline should be no more than […………………………….], though.
H: Right. I should be able to keep it down to 300 words but would 400 be OK?
D: No, not really because we have to print it in

the […………………………….]and we just don’t have the space.
H: Surel I understand.
D: And also, can you send me a short CV – the usual stuff, name,
age, […………………………….]. That sort of thing.
H: Right. Include a brief CV.
D: Actually, you can […………………………….]it to me. That’d be quicker.
H: Sure. What’s your e-mail address?
D: Well the best thing would be to send it to the

conference […………………………….]officer. The address is admin – in lower
case. You know, in small letters.
H: Right.
D: So that’s a-d-m-i-n at annuconf dot e-d-u dot a-u.
H: Right. I’ll do that straight away. Thank you very much. You’ve been very
helpful.
D: OK. Well, we hope to see you in […………………………….], then.

SECTION 2
You will hear a guide talk about cooking ginger on the radio broadcast.
Presenter:
Hello and welcome to Cooking Corners. And this week we’re looking at that
most[…………………………….]and aromatic of plants: a fairly recent addition
to the list of Australian[…………………………….]produce,
but […………………………….], a great favourite today – ginger. And in the
studio to tell us all about it is Jennifer Johnson.
Jennifer:
Ginger is one of my […………………………….]favourite spices and I’ve got a

number of wonderful […………………………….]to share with you later on in
the […………………………….]. So what is ginger? Well, actually it’s
a […………………………….]root with an aromatic flavour; its related to
the […………………………….]family and Example has a hundred different uses
in the kitchen. The Chinese have cultivated it for years, […………………….] to
use in medicine, though you are probably more familiar with
its [………………….] uses. But first, lets take a brief look at its history before
we look at how it can be used, because it has a very interesting history.
Ginger […………………………….] in the southern provinces of China and in
India, where it had been used in medicine and food for
over […………………………….]. The early traders who came upon the plant
took it to many parts of the world such as[…………………………….], the West
Indies, Central America, East Africa and even Indonesia.

Ginger became […………………………….]popular because of its exotic,
aromatic properties and was highly valued by
spice […………………………….]in the 17th and 18th centuries because they
were able to sell it back in Europe for a very good price. Although Australia is
now the largest[…………………………….]of ginger in the world, it wasn’t
grown in[…………………………….]until the early 20th century.
Apparently some pieces of raw ginger found their way to an area

about[…………………………….] north of Brisbane in Queensland earlier this
century. The[…………………………….]high rainfall and humidity in this area
produce conditions which are perfect for growing ginger. So it became
well […………………………….], but in the early days the[………………….] high
cost of production placed it at a […………………….] in the market by
comparison with the much cheaper […………………………….]produced.by
other countries with lower production costs.
Then in 1941 the supply of ginger to Australia […………………………….]to run

out. Remember… this was in the middle of the Second World War when
everything was in short[…………………………….]. This provided a
perfect […………………………….]for the Queensland growers to expand their
production and sales. Five local farmers got together and formed
a[…………………………….]association in a place called Buderim. They started
with only[…………………………….]between them. (That was in the days when
Australian currency was pounds, not dollars.)
So they set up the company with two […………………………….]vats and 14

tons of raw ginger, but they went on to become the most […………………….]
ginger farmers in the world.

In fait nearly all the world’s ginger now comes from the Buderim ginger factory
in Queensland. 40% of the […………………………….]is used in Australia and
the remaining[…………………………….] is exported overseas to places like
Europe, North America, south Africa, and even to Asia, where it originated in
the first place.
So now let’s move on to look at ways of using ginger in the kitchen…
SECTION 3
You will hear an interview about global warming.
I = Interviewer; P = Dr Parkinson
I:’ Dr Parkinson, global warming was the threat of the [……………………….]

but it seems to have […………………………….]out of people’s minds – why do
you think that is?
P: Yes, in a way you’re right. I think […………………………….]have become

occupied with the task of trying to find out whether it really is happening and,
if so, whether it’s caused by human[…………………………….].
I: A greenhouse effect is, after all, a natural […………………………….]…
P: Yes, as we know, naturally occurring gases float above us, acting

as[…………………………….]that prevent heat being radiated into space.
I: And the fear is that the insulation might get thicker…

P: Yes…and because of this, the Earth might get warmer.
I: The latest […………………………….]we’ve heard is that the [……………….]

will increase by about a third of a degree every ten years. What are your
feelings?
P: Well…this prediction is difficult to make. You see the global [……………….]

is the result of a web of influences. Who is to say that a simple action such as
adding[…………………………….]to the atmosphere will not have
several[…………………………….]which might even cancel each other out?
I: And I understand that the […………………………….]is hard to verify

whatever…
P: Precisely.
I: Why is that?
P: Because the Earth’s temperature surges and […………………………….]

naturally. In fact the best way of detecting global […………………………….]
change is to measure the temperature of the oceans as accurately as possible.
I: And this avoids the sort of seasonal […………………………….]of the

temperature of land mass.
P: Yes – in fact an understanding of the oceans is crucial to understanding how

the global climate works. The ocean […………………………….]heat around the
globe, it’s like a great[…………………………….]of heat – a tiny change in sea
surface temperature[…………………………….]a huge change in the amount of
heat it is storing.

I: And now, I understand you are looking at ways of refining
this […………………….]of ocean temperature.
P: Yes. For a long time, we’ve measured it by placing […………………….] in

buoys bobbing in the oceans and also when ships draw water through their
engines.
I: It’s also been done by satellite, hasn’t it?
P: Yes. But now data from a more […………………………….]system is being

collected. This is the European along-track scanning […………………….]or
ATSR, a much simpler name. The ATSR orbits the Earth above us.
I: And what stage are you at with this?
P: Well, it’s been up there two and a half years now. Its an infra-
red[……………….] that senses the Earth’s temperature with great[………….]
and this is what we need. We have to be able to[…………………………….]out
random changes in temperature.
I: I believe there are other advantages as well.
P: There are several… Every few days it covers the entire Earth. So it produces
large[…………………………….]of data. It measures the temperature from two
angles, which allows[…………………………….]for any effects that the
intervening […………………………….]may be having on its readings. Its field
of view has a width of […………………………….]and it measures the
temperature to 0.3 degrees […………………………….].
I: And it should go on for years?

P: Yes.
I: Thank you, Dr Parkinson, for talking to us today… And now over to…
SECTION 4
You will hear an extract from a talk about preventive medicine, especially,
how students can look after their own health.
Good morning. I’m Dr Pat Plant, and I’m here to talk to you
about[……………….] medicine in its widest and most personal […………….].
In other words, I’m here to tell you how the patients should wrest control of
their health away from the [……………….] of medicine and take charge of
their own medical[…………………………….]. I want to talk about staying out
of the hands of the doctor.
When a patient takes […………………………….]for her or his own health – and

let’s decide the patient is male for now – men are in fact more at risk
than […………………………….]anyway. When the patient takes over his own
health […………………………….]he must decide what he wants to do. The first
thing, of course, is to give up the demon […………………………….]. Smoking is
the worst threat to health, and it’s […………………………….]damage. I have
colleagues who are […………………………….]to treat smokers. If you want to
stay well, stay off[……………….] and smoking in all its […………………….].
Our department has recently completed a survey of men’s health. We looked at
men in different age groups and[…………………………….], and we came up
with a […………………….] insight. Young men, particularly working class
men, are at considerable risk of premature death because of
their[…………………………….]. As a group, they have high risk factors: they
drink too much alcohol, they smoke more heavily than any other group, their

diet is […………………………….]heavy in[…………………………….]fats, and
they don’t get enough exercise.
We did a smaller survey in which we looked at […………………………….]

factors which affect health. I had privately expected to find air or water
pollution to be the biggest[………………….], and they must not
be […………………………….]. However, the effects of the sun emerged as a
threat which people simply do not take sufficiently[…………….]. Please
remember that too much sunlight can cause[…………………………….]
damage.
Given this information, and the self-destructive things which people,

particularly young men, are doing to themselves, one could be […………….]
for feeling very depressed. However, I believe that a […………………….]
education campaign will help us improve public health standards and will be
particularly [………………….] for young men. I’m an[……………………….]. I
see things improving, but only if things that you as students can do to improve
your [……………………….].
So now I’d like to issue a qualification to everything I say. People will still get
sick, and they will still need doctors. This advice is just to reduce
the […………………………….]of sickness – it would be great if disease
was […………………………….], but it’s not. However, we have power.
In the late 1980s the Surgeon-General of the United States said

that […………….] of our illnesses could be avoided by healthy [……………….]
choices. I now want to discuss these choices with you.
You should try to make keeping fit fun! It’s very hard to go out and
do[…………………………….] by yourself, so it’s wise to find a sport that you

like and do it with other people. If you swim, you can
consider […………………………….]diving or snorkelling. If you jog, try to find
a friend to go with. If you walk, choose pretty places to walk or have a reason
for walking. Your exercise […………………………….]should be a pleasure, not
a[…………………………….]. The university is an excellent place to find other
people who share sporting […………………………….]with you, and there are
many sports teams you can join. This[…………………………….]raises the issue
of sports injuries, and different sports have[…………………………….]injuries.
As well as accidental injuries, we find[…………………………….]strain injuries
occurring in sports where the same motion is frequently[…………………….],
like rowing and squash. The parallel in working life is[……………………….]
strain injury which may be […………………………….]by typists or other people
who perform the same action hour after hour, day after day.
In this context, therefore, the most important thing to […………………….]

before any sport is to warm up […………………………….]. Do stretching
exercises, and aim at all times to increase your […………………………….]. Be
gentle with yourself, and allow time to prepare for the game you have chosen
to play. Don’t be fooled by the term ‘warm up’, by the way. It’s every bit as
important to do your warm-up […………………………….]on a hot day as on a
cool one.
I think one of the […………………………….]is that all sports can borrow from
each other. Many sports programmes are now encouraging players to
use […………………………….]techniques, that is to borrow training techniques
from other sports. Boxers have been using cross training for years: building
up […………………………….]by doing road work and weight training, while
honing their skills and […………………………….]. Other sports which require
a high level of eye – hand […………………………….]are following this trend, so
you see table tennis players running and jogging to improve

their […………………………….], and[…………………………….]doing flexibility
exercises which can help them[…………………………….]the ball better. All of
these results are good, but the general sense of[…………………………….]is
best, and is accessible to us all, from trained[…………………………….]to
people who will never run […………………………….]in less than 15 seconds.
Good health is not only for those who will achieve athletic [………………….]!

SECTION 1
Questions 1-7
Complete the following notes by using A NUMBER or NO MORE THAN

THREE WORDSfor each answer.
University Geography Field Trip
Time: next week (a two-day trip)

(Example)
Destination: the Warrangamba Dam and

1_______________

Matching course:
Environmental Science
Departing time of coach: at 2_next Monday
Length of journey there: 3 _____ roughly and three hours back
First day’s activity: 4 _________________
Spending the night: in 5 ______________
Meals provided: in the form of 6 ___________
Sydney’s daily water consumption: equal to the water to fill 7_____

full-size.
Olympic swimming pools
Second day’s activity: go to the water plant to see how to purify
the water for drinking
Questions 8-10
Choose THREE letters, A-F
Which THREE things does Cesar recommend bringing?
A. binoculars

B. camera
C. penknife
D. map
E. raincoat
F. mobile phone
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
11. The last programme in the present series is _______________.
12. ___________________ has been rewarded as ‘Consumer of the Month’

for her persistent effort to see through a result of a complaint.
13. She took ___________________ of photographs on her tour in Europe.
14. What happened to her photos after she gave them to Top-Class Photo
Services for developing ?

15. The photo services compensated her ______________ for the loss in the
end.
Questions 16-20
Choose the correct letter, A-D.
16. What is the problem that many listeners write about?
A. Sale prices.
B. Bad quality stuff.
C. Faulty goods.
D. Bad assistant.
17. How much was the sale price of the belt that Mr Alvin liked?
A. $200.
B. $100.
C. $150.
D. $300.
18. Why should the consumer make a complaint about bad articles or service?

A. To cause a fuss.
B. It won’t do what is claimed for.
C. Ask the shopkeeper for a favour.
D. The shopkeeper should be responsible for it.
19. What should a consumer do when complaining in person?
A. Get a receipt for what you buy.
B. Speak to someone in authority.
C. Talk directly to the assistant.
D. Ask to see the seller.
20. What should a customer do when complaining on the phone?
A. Speak directly to the owner.
B. Ask for the manager.
C. Write a complaining letter.
D. Find out with whom you discuss the matter.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-22
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER for each

answer.
Student Record Card
Name: David Simons
Address: 15 Market Ave., Hornsby
Student Number: 21 _______________
Prerequisites completed
YES NO
Screen Studies Course: √
18 credit points: √
If no, reasons:
22______________
Question 23

Write TWO DATES for the answer,
23. The final date of the examination should be _______ or __________
Questions 24-25
Choose the correct letters, A-D.
24. Dr Richardson explains that the set exercises
A. require reference to a wide range of resources.
B. should be at least 250 words in length.
C. focus on key terms and concepts in media studies.
D. do not have answers.
25. Dr Richardson explains that essays 1 and 2
A. are to be the same length.
B. should both be analytical.
C. both emphasize studies of audiences.
D. should be especially easy for David.

Questions 26-28
Complete the table by writing ONE or TWO appropriate letters (M, T, A or

J) as explained below.
mechanical M
theoretical T
analytical A
journalistic J
How does Dr Richardson describe each of the assignments ?
Assignments Description
Set exercises 26____________
Assignment 1 27____________
Assignment 2 A (Example)
Assignment 3 28____________
Question 29
Choose the correct answer.

29. Which two time slots does Dr Richardson suggest David use for his essay?
A. The six o’clock and the midmorning.
B. The breakfast and the six o’clock.
C. The midmorning and midnight.
D. The midday and the ten o’clock.
Question 30
Answer the question below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for the answer.
30. What will David do before he decides which part of the programmes to
use?
SECTION 4
Question 31
Choose the correct letter, A – C.
31. What does John Upton compare a computer virus to?
A. A biological organism.

B. A corrupt programme.
C. An irritating person.
Questions 32-35
Complete the flow chart. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Question 36

Choose the correct letter, A-C.
1. What does the speaker find surprising?

A. The rise in the number of software infections.
B. The determination of those who develop viruses.
C. The fact that people blame their own computers.
Questions 37-40
List FOUR ways of combating viruses. Write NO MORE THAN THREE

37 _____________________________
38 _____________________________
39 _____________________________
40 _____________________________
Answer keys:
1. (the) Water Treatment Plant
2. 8 o’clock/ 8 am
3. 2.5 hours

4. visit (the) dam / see dam functioning
5. (a) youth hostel
6. breakfast (and) supper / evening meal ‘ .
7. 600
8-10. B; E; F (in any order)
11. Consumer’s Choice
12. Patty Ching
13. 10 roll of films/ 360 photos
14. vanished / disappeared
15. $2,000 /2,000 dollars
16. A
17. B
18. D
19. B
20. D

21. C97H85
22. has / got an exemption /(has) practical experience
23. June 20(th); June 25{th) (in either order)
24. C
25. B
26. M
27. T ; A (in either order)
28. J
29. A
30. collect a sample / collect sample programmes
31. A
32. (the) first model
33. Core Wars
34. entertainment
35. pastime
36. 6
37-40. be (very) careful; avoid trouble; understand them / viruses; be (well)
prepared (in any order).

SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a conversation between Rachel and Cesar. They
are discussing a field trip for the following week.
You will see that there is an example which has been done for you. On this
occasion only the conversation relating to this will be played first.
R = Rachel; C = Cesar
R: Hi, Cesar. How are you?
C: Good, thanks, Rachel. I’m fine. I was going to ring you tonight so it’s a good
thing I’ve run into you. I wanted to […………………………….]vou about the
field trip – the two day field trip next week.
R: What field trip?
C: The […………………………….]field trip to the Warragamba Dam and the

Water[…………………………….]Plant. It’s a […………………………….]part of
the first year[…………………………….]Science course. Didn’t you know about
it?

R: Nol I must have missed that piece of information; this is news to mel But
give me the details, please!
C: Sure! Well, we have to meet outside the Library next Monday at 7 in the
morning or vou can meet us at 7:45 at the bus station in time to catch
the […………………………….]which departs at 8 o’clock.
R: Oh, alright. And how long does it take to get to this place?
C: Well, once we’re on the […………………………….], it will take

about[…………………………….]. Er…, no! Actually more like two and a half
hours at that time of day. And it could take as long as three hours to come back
the next day because of the evening traffic.
R: And what’s the […………………………….]of the trip?
C: Didn’t you get the course outline? You don’t seem to know anything about
this course!
R: Well, remember, I only started at the university a month ago, so I joined the
course two weeks late and I’ve been trying to catch up ever since!
C: Oh, of course! Well, we spend the first day visiting the dam. I believe we
actually go inside the wall of the dam, which is really quite [……………….]– to
see the dam[………………….], you know, how much they […………………….]
the water supply each day, depending on how much water is
needed […………………………….]in Sydney.
R: Oh. OK. And um, so, if this is a two-day trip, where are we staying? Not
camping by the dam, I hope!

C: No, no. Not camping. They do actually have some […………………………….]
cabins near the dam for visiting groups, but we’re spending the night in a
youth hostel, in a town nearby. That’s all been […………………………….]by the
university.
R: And what about meals? Should we take our own food along?
C: No, you won’t need to do that. The […………………………….]provides two

meals, breakfast and an evening meal and we can find a cheap place to buy
lunch.
R: Greatl So, is this the only dam that […………………………….]water for

Sydney?
C: There are a couple of others too, but this is the main one.
R: Well, with a population of over four and a half million people, I suppose we
douse thousands of litres each day.
C: Absolutelyl In fact, […………………………….]to my notes here, they pump

the water through something like […………………………….]of pipes and
canals and store the water in 262 service[…………………………….]. And each
day we use enough water to fill[…………………………….]Olympic swimming
pools.
R: And what’s happening on the second day?
C: Urn…well, we’re coming back to town and going to the Water Treatment
Plant to see how they[…………………………….]the water for drinking.

R: Oh, that should actually be quite interesting. I’ll bring my [……………….].
C: Yes, that’s a good idea because we’re […………………………….]to include

original photos for the final piece of work at the end of the course. And make
sure you bring a notebook and pen or pencil.
R: OK. I’ll do that.
C: You’ll probably need some good walking shoes and spare clothes, too. And I
would[…………………………….] that vou bring a […………………………….]
coat of some sort because the chances of it raining are pretty good next week.
And a hat, perhaps?
R: Sorry, nol I draw the line at a hat!
C: Fair enough. And by the way, do vou have a […………………………….]?
R: I do actually.
C: Well, bring that along because that way we can [………………….] more
easily.
R: Provided that mobiles work up there, of coursel
C: That’s a pointl
R: Do I need a map?
C: No, I wouldn’t bother. We won’t need to do any map reading.

R: OK, then. See you on Monday, and thanks very much for letting me know.
SECTION 2
You will hear an extract from a radio programme called ‘Consumer’s Choice’
which gives advice to consumers on how to make complaints.
D = Denis; W – Wendy
D: Hello, everyone. Welcome again to ‘Consumer’s Choice1, which is the last in

our present series. Isn’t that right, Wendy?
W: Yes, that’s right. But we’ll be back again after summer break with
a[…………………………….]. We’ll tell you more about that later. But, first, in
today’s[…………….], we start off with the missing […………………………….].
We’ll tell you a story of Miss Patty Ching, one of our [……………………….].
We’ll tell you how she has[…………………………….]for our ‘Consumer of the
Month’ award with her[…………………………….]. Denis?
D: Thank you, Wendy. Well, Miss Patty Ching went on a holiday to Europe last
month. This was her first ever trip abroad and one for which she’d been saving
for […………………………….]. Her tour took her around 12 countries in 21
days. And being a keen […………………………….], she took lots of
photographs; 10 rolls of film, to be exact. About […………………………….].
When Patty got back home, she gave all her photos to Top-Class Photo Services
for developing. And they […………………….]. She never saw them again. Of
course, she was furious with the company and […………………………….]. They
apologised and offered her[…………………………….]: 10 free rolls of film. This
made her even more angry. And she[…………………………….]this
completely […………………………….]offer and asked
for[…………………………….]. The company refused her request. So Patty
wrote them a letter, telling them to pay up in 10 days or she would take them
to court. She received no reply. So she did take them to court.
But […………………………….]before the case was due to be heard, she
received a cheque for […………………………….]. Top- Class had obviously
made their minds up on how the judge would decide. Patty’s case provides a
lesson to all of us. If we want our rights as[…………………………….], we’ve got
to fight for them. So for her […………………………….]and spirit we name
Patty our ‘Consumer of the Month.’
W: Thank you, Denis. And now I’d like to deal with the problem that many of
our[……………………….] write about – sale prices. When we go to a sale and
see a sign on something saying …………….] off or [……………….]reduced to
100, how do we know the prices really have been reduced? One of our
listeners, Mr Alvin Lok tells his story: ‘In a department store where I
sometimes shopped, I saw a leather belt priced at[…………………………….],
too expensive to me. But I liked it and thought I might buy it next time the
store had a sale. The store did have a sale. And I went back to look for the belt.
It was there all right, but the […………………………….]on it now read 200
dollars reduced to 150. The sale price was actually higher than
the […………………………….]/ What can we, as consumers, do in a case like
this? The answer to Alvin’s question is that at the moment all we can do is
to[…………………………….]to the store’s […………………………….]and bring
these cases to the attention of the public. Bad […………………………….]might
help to put a stop to this[…………………………….]practice. Of course making a
fuss about[…………………………….]goods or bad service is never easy. Most
people dislike making a fuss. But if something you have bought is faulty or
does not do what was claimed for it, you are not asking for a favour to get it
right. It is the shopkeeper’s […………………………….]to take the complaint
seriously and to replace or repair a faulty […………………………….]or put

right poor service, because he is the person with whom you have entered into
an agreement. The[…………………………….]may have a part to play but that
comes later. So it’s quite proper and reasonable to make a complaint about
faulty goods or bad service.
D: Well, Wendy, what do you think is the right way to do that?
W: Well, the most important thing about making […………………………….], I

think, is that they should be made to a […………………………….]person in
authority. Go back to the shop where you bought the goods, taking with you
any [……………….] you may have. Ask to see the shop [……………………….]
in a large store. In a small store the assistant may also be the owner or you
can […………………………….]directly. In a chain store ask to see the manager.
If you telephone, ask the name of the person who […………………………….]
your enquiry, otherwise vou may never find out who dealt with the complaint
later.
Even the […………………………….]person finds it difficult to stand up in a

group of people to complain, so if you do not want to do it in person, write a
letter. Stick to the facts and keep a copy of what you write. At this stage you
should give any […………………………….], but you should not need to give
receipts or other papers to prove you bought the […………………………….]. If
you are not […………………………….]with the answer you get, or if you do not
get a reply, write to the managing director of the firm, shop,
or […………………………….]. Be sure to keep copies of your own letters and
any you receive.
D: Well, thank you for your good advice. It’s nice for every [………………….] to
take an action when he or she gets bad goods or service. And of course, the
Consumer’s Choice will continue to press for the government to bring in laws

similar to those in other countries to[…………………………….]consumers by
making it […………………………….]to cheat them in this way. And now I’d like
to tell you about our new consumer […………………………….]which came into
operation last month. So far we have received…
SECTION 3
You will hear Dr Richardson discussing the requirements of a course and the
writing of an essay with a student.
R = Dr Richardson; D = David Simons
[doorbell rings]
R: Enter, please.
D: Good afternoon, Dr Richardson.
R: Good afternoon. You’re David Simons, is that right? .
D: Yes. I’ve an appointment to talk about the course […………………….]with

you.
R: Fine. Now why don’t you take a seat over there and I’ll just get some details
from you. First, can I have your home address and your student number?
D: That’s 15 Market Avenue, Hornsby and my student number

is […………………….].

R: OK. Now I see here that you’ve already completed 18 […………………….],
but that you haven’t done the Screen Studies course which is normally
a […………………………….]for this course. Why is that, David?
D: Oh, the course coordinator gave me an […………………………….]because

I’ve worked for a couple of years in the movie and television business and
they […………………………….]mv practical experience fulfilled the same
requirements.
R: Fine. Shall we go over the course requirements first, and then you can bring
up any queries or problems you might have. It might be most useful to start
with a few dates. The final examination will be in the last week of lune, that’s
the week of the […………………………….]. But the final date hasn’t been set It
should be the 25th or the 20th.But you don’t have to worry about that yet.
Before that, as you can see in your study guide, there are[…………………….]
assignments and some set exercises. I’ll deal with these first. These set
exercises are […………………………….]with defining concepts and key terms.
They do have fixed answers not in the wording but in the content. To that
extent they are quite[…………………………….], and provide
an […………………………….]for you to do very well as long as your answers
are very specific and clear.
D: Yes, I see there are about twenty terms here. How long should the answers
be?
R: You shouldn’t exceed […………………………….]for each term.
D: Right, that looks easy enough. And the third assignment seems
fairly[…………………………….]too. lust a […………………………….]type

review of a recent development in television. It’s not so different from what
I’ve done in my work.
R: Yes, it should be fairly easy for you, but don’t exceed […………………….] on
that one. Essays 1 and 2 are the long ones. The first essay should be about
2,000 words and the second 2,500 to 3,000, and
the […………………………….]for both should be […………………………….]. In
the first one, your focus should be on TV and the audience, and you
should[………………….] consider the theoretical issues, […………………….] in
relation to trying to understand […………………………….]studies. In the
second, I’ll want you to focus on analysing television programmes.
D: Should I concentrate on one particular type of programme for that?
R: Not necessarily. But you must be careful not to […………………………….]

yourself here. A[…………………………….]between two programmes or even
between two channels is fine, or a focus on one type of programme, such as a
particular series, works well here.
S: So if I wanted to look at […………………………….]news programmes, that

would be OK? ‘
R: Yes, there would be no problem with that. In fact it’s quite a popular choice,
and most students […………………………….]it very well.
S: Good. I’ll probably do that, because it’s the area I want to work in later.
Later during the course, Dr Richardson gives David some advice and warnings
about his essay.

[doorbell rings]
R: Ah, come in and sit down, David. You wanted to talk to me about your
second essay, is that right?
D: Yes, Dr Richardson. I just want your comments on what I’m planning to do.
I’m doing the essay on the differences between TV news […………………….] at
different hours of the day.
R: How many time slots are you planning to consider?
D: Well, I think I’d look at all of them. That’d be five slots. The breakfast news,
the[…………………………….]news and the midday news, that’s three. Then
there’s the[…………………………….]news, then ten o’clock and midnight
programmes, so thats six, not five.
R: Mm, that’s rather a lot. And you’d have a lot of different [………………….]
to consider. Why don’t you just do two. Say the midmorning and then six
o’clock? That should give you two fairly contrasting […………………………….]
with two main audience […………………………….].
D: Oh, just two then?
R: Yes, I think that’d be much better. Now how many actual programmes do
you plan to work with?
D: I suppose you think analysing a whole week of news programmes would be

too many.

R: Well, that depends on how much of each programme, if you […………….]
on one particular type of news item, say the sports news or local items, it might
be alright.
D: Yes, I can see that would be a good idea. I won’t make a decision now,
before I collect a sample of programmes over a whole week. I’ll look at them
and see what items appear[…………………………….]the week.
R: Yes, that’s a sound approach. Now we’re getting close to the deadline. Can
you finish it in time?
D: Yes, I think so. I’ve […………………………….]the reading and I know what

my basic approaches, so it’s really just a […………………………….]of pulling it
all together now.
R: Fine, David. I’ll look forward to reading it.
SECTION 4
You will hear an extract from a students presentation about computer

viruses.
T = Tutor; J = John Upton
T: Well, good afternoon. Last week we were looking at the [………………….]

effects that computers have had on our […………………………….]. This week
we’ll talk about one of the negatives – computer […………………………….]. In
today’s session John Upton will be sharing some of the findings of
his […………………………….]project. So, over to you, John…

J: Thanks. Mr Yardley asked me to talk to you about the project I did from last
term. Actually, it’s really very […………………………….]to do this research
project about computer viruses. OK. So what is a computer virus? Well, it is a
software […………………………….]that has been designed, tested
and […………………………….]by a human programmer with the
single[…………………………….]of corrupting and destroying useful
programmes. Put in simple terms, it’s away of causing lots of trouble
for […………………………….]people, just to be a[…………………………….]!
It’s known as a virus because, although it’s not
a[…………………………….]organism, it functions in a similar wav, in that it
seeks out a host; that is, a body, in which to live and multiply – your computer
– with the end result of[…………………………….]that host.
Let’s go back 50 years. In […………………………….]in the early days of

computer technology, John Van Neumann […………………………….]the first
model of a computer virus programme in his paper Theory
and […………………………….]of Complicated Automata. Soon after this paper
was […………………………….], we find reference to a game known as ‘Core
Wars’. Core Wars was initially created for intellectual entertainment by three
Americans working on large[…………………………….]computers. Remember,
in those days computers were the size of a couple of rooms. By
the [……………….] for the small sum of $2[…………………………….]anyone
could get details on how to play ‘Core Wars’ and very soon after, we see
the […………………………….]of a new pastime, one where people spent time
creating […………………………….]that could […………………………….]the
game and destroy other programmes. In this way, the first computer viruses
were born.
Like their […………………………….]counterparts, computer viruses are picked

up through[…………………………….]habits. Virus programmes are

often […………………………….]placed within useful programmes in the public
domain, or they’re included in software which is not official – that is software
you might have […………………………….]on the black market, which, of
course you don’t do!
It seems quite hard to […………………………….]that anyone would go to this

level of deceit to[…………………………….]corrupt the data of others, but the
rise in the number of computer software […………………………….], and the
amount of lost data that we are seeing these days, is proof that these virus
programmers are going to […………………………….]to do just that. They are
going out of their wav to create programmesthat hide
inside[…………………………….]software applications and cause all sorts of
errors that the[…………………………….]end – user will then mistake
for […………………………….]failure – in other words they will think that the
problem lies with their own computer.
So, what can we do to combat these people? Well, the first thing is
to[…………………………….]that virus
programmers […………………………….]because people are not always careful
about where they get their programmes from. So, number one, be very careful.
And I don’t just mean that you should be careful about the source of
your[…………………………….], you also need to take care with e-mails and
avoid any messages which are […………………………….]looking. For instance
a message that says ‘I love you1 or ‘win $50’. So the second golden rule is
‘[…………………………….]. Now there are other things we can do to protect
ourselves. We can try to find out exactly how the viruses work, how
they[…………………………….]their aims. In other words, we need to
understand them. And, of course, there is a good selection of anti-virus
software available on the market now as well as on the Internet
to […………………………….]the virus [………………….], so another way of

protecting ourselves and our computers is to be well [………………….]. And
before I leave you, let me just say that if you ever run into one of
those […………………………….], tell them what you think of them!

SECTION 1
Questions 1-10

answer.
ORDER FORM
Example Answer
Reason for calf: problems with WEBSITE
Name: 1________________ Freeman
Title of book: 2________________
Author: Richard 3_______________
Type of book: 4________________

Price: 5 £_______________
Payment method: 6 _______________
Delivery address: 7_______________ , London N22
Delivery type: 8 _______________
Delivery date: 9 _______________
Delivery instructions: If out leave with a 10 ___________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
11. What will wake people up in the home of the future?
A. Body temperature.
B. The sound of an alarm clock.
C. The movement of the bed.
12. What will shoes be able to do by themselves?
A. Walk faster.

B. Play music.
C. Float on air.
13. What kind of clothes will people be wearing?
A. Clothes that make us more intelligent.
B. Clothes that can interpret how we are feeling.
C. Clothes that are powered by electricity.
14. What can the house do?
A. Control the shower temperature.
B. Turn off the taps.
C. Wash your back.
15. What will the Internet be able to do?
A. Understand when you are worried
B. Project what’s in your fridge.
C. Help find something youVe lost.
16. What will the fridge do when people are low on milk?

A. Deliver the milk.
B. Send an email to the shop.
C. Defrost some in the freezer.
Questions 17-20
Write the correct letter, A-F, next to questions 17-20.
The living room of the future

SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Choose FIVE letters, A-H.
Which FIVE things has Sally already done?
A. emailed four businesses E. read A Starting Success
B. written up results F. skimmed a document

C. contacted three businesses G. borrowed a book
D. started writing the assignment H. researched data
Questions 26-30
Complete the flow-chart below.
Choose FIVE answers from the box and choose the correct letter, A-G, for
questions 26-30.
A. beginning
B. choices
C. document
D. language
E. opening
F. questions
G. scales
How to write a questionnaire
Keep your 26______________ simple
Try to make the 27_____________ of the document interesting.

Make sure that the 28________________ uses standard terms that aren’t
too formal or informal
Limit or avoid open questions.
Use simple 29_______________ to make it quicker for the recipient.
Put your 30_______________ in a logical order.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40

each answer.
Impact of Urbanization
The effects of urbanization:
Example: in the U.S.
only 31______________ of land built on
loss of 32_____________ far larger
Could impact on world 33_____________ in future

Research methods:

a weather 34______________ for clouds was used
land use divided into 35__________________.
data used to calculate the 36_______________ of all areas

Results:
urban areas often built on the 37__________________.
a second study confirmed that prime land is being converted
38__________________ of vegetation is lost per annum

The future:
countries such as 39_______________and need to do investigations
stop investing in infrastructure in areas of fertile land
encourage people to move by giving them 40__________________.
SECTION1
(H=helpdesk worker,’ C=customer)

H: Good morning. How can I help?
C- I’d like some help with […………………………….]a book. I’ve tried your
website, but it says it’s offline at the moment and to call this number.
H:’ Oh yes. I do […………………………….]. We’ve been having

some[…………………………….]with it, but I can take the order over the phone
if you like.
C: That would be great. It’s a gift you see.
H: Can I take your name please?
C: Yes, of course. It’s […………………………….].
H: Is that Zara with an ‘s’ or a ‘z’?
C: With a ‘Z’. Z-A-R-A.
H: Just writing that down. Right. What was the title of the book you’d like me
to order?
C: I think it’s called Future Words… no hang on, sorry that’s Future Worlds.
H: OK, just typing that in … I can’t seem to find it. Do you know the name of
the[…………………………….]? I’ll do a search.
C: Yes, it’s by a man called Richard Watson.
H: Watson as in W-A-T-S-O-N?
C: Yes, that’s right.
H: Oh yes, here it is. It’s only just been […………………………….]. It’s a self-
help book. Is that right?
C: Yes.
H: Now, it costs £12.99.
C: Yep, that’s fine.
H: OK. How would you like to pay?
C: Is a […………………………….]OK?
H: No, sorry. We only accept […………………………….].
C: Oh dear … Em, Just let me check to see if I have it with me … Oh yes, here it
is.
H: Can you read me the…[…………………………….]H: Right almost done.

Now, I just need the[…………………………….]details.
C: Right. I’ve got my friend’s address here. It’s62 Green Gardens, London
N22.
H: Just typing that in … […………………………….].
C: No, it’s number 62.

H: Now what kind of delivery would you like?
C: What are the options?
H- There are two. The free delivery option takes five days or you can pay an
extra[…………………………….]to have it sent out first class tomorrow. That
would come to a total of[…………………………….].
C: Umm … Well my friend’s birthday is next week, so it should get there in

time with the free delivery so I think I’ll take that.
H: Right. That means that it will be […………………………….]on the 21st

February anytime from 8 am to 6 pm. Is that OK?
C-‘ Well, I know my friend leaves early for work, so would it be possible for
him to pick it up from the local post office […………………………….]?
H: I’m afraid that won’t be possible but I could add some

special […………………………….]for it to be left with someone else, a
neighbour perhaps?
C: Actually, yes. I have met the old lady who lives next door and she’s bound to
be home. Could you leave it with her?
H: Fine. I’ll add that if he’s not home then the [……………………….]should be
left with the neighbour.
C’ That’s great! Thanks very much for your help.
H- My pleasure. Thank you for …

SECTION 2
Welcome to the Homes of the Future online […………………………….]. I will
be your virtual guide around the homes you could soon be living in. Let’s begin
our tour in the bedroom. Firstly, the bed is […………………………….]to gently
rock you awake in the mornings. There’ll be no more rude […………………….]
by an alarm clock, and it will also know what time you need to wake up as it
will get that information directly from your Personal Digital[………………….],
that is, your PDA, which will be inserted into you.
Let’s move to the […………………………….]. Those are vour musical shoes that
generate music while you walk. The music will change according to how fast
you’re walking; calm music for a[…………………………….]stroll
and [………………….] beats for when you’re in a hurry. You’ll feel like you’re
walking on air. What’s more, vour clothes are also[…………………………….].
They sense how you’re feeling and then change colour.
The[…………………………….]that they’re made of also converts your body
heat into a[…………………………….]electricity generator for some of
the […………………………….]that are now inside you, like your PDA, for
example.
Moving on to the bathroom … So. after waking up. you need a shower. There’s
no need to turn on any taps as the house will know exactly
what […………………………….]you like the water in the mornings, though
you’ll still have to wash yourself!
From the bathroom, we move into the kitchen. Now, we’ve all had
that[…………………………….]feeling when you can’t find your keys just as
you’re about to go out. Well, in the home of the future you wouldn’t need
to […………………………….], all vou need to do is an Internet search. All items

are now […………………………….]with a tracking device so that they will light
up and […………………………….]to vou where they are. Just in case the object
is […………………………….], the house will project its position on your fridge.
Speaking of your fridge, this is now as […………………………….]as your

clothes. Not only does it keep a record of when you’re running low on
everyday […………………………….] like milk, but it emails vour
local [……………………….] store, which will […………………………….]them
for you. It can also help with planning meals if you have friends over for dinner
by moving the chicken from the […………………………….]so that it’ll thaw in
time.
Lastly, here we are in the living area, which, you’ll be pleased to hear, is still
the heart of the family home. Let’s enter the room. Now, to the left of
the […………………………….]is the main seating area with a sofa, and
directly […………………………….]the entrance is an[…………………………….].
The sofa backs onto the wall and the armchair faces to the left, across
the […………………………….]table to a blank wall. So. ‘where is the TV?’ I hear
vou ask. Well, this entire wall is the television. The whole thing is
a […………………………….]screen designed to show your TV, surf the Internet
or, when it’s not in use, it displays anything you want it to from family pictures
to […………………………….]works of art.
On the opposite wall to the sofa is a […………………………….], which still has

a real fire nothing beats that now, does it? But the rug in front of the fire now
also […………………………….]the temperature, and either opens or closes
the […………………………….], so as not to overheat the room. It still has its
normal uses though, as you can see, the cat likes it very much and
is[…………………………….]up on it, happy as can be.

What else is on offer? Well, for entertainment the family still reads books, so
there is a[…………………………….]on the wall to the right of the entrance. But
what about the computer? Well, it’s inside your head and [………………….] by
those intelligent clothes you’re wearing. Imagine this: as you’re sitting relaxing
on the armchair, you’ll be able to reach out and put your hot drink on the
coffee table in front of the armchair. You[…………………………….]remember
that you need to send work an email. That same coffee table holding vour cup
is also a touch […………………………….]keyboard for you to type your email
and then click ‘send’. All you need to do to […………………………….]it is say
’email’ and the image of a keyboard will appear.
Well, I hope you’ve enjoyed your tour around the home of the future and that
you’ll come visit again soon. Bye-bye.
SECTION 3
(S = Sally! P = Professor James)
S: Hi Professor James, have yougot a minute? You see I’m having a bit of
trouble getting started on my graduate […………………………….] assignment.
P: Well, ok, as long as it doesn’t take longer than […………………………….]as I

have ameeting to get to at […………………………….].
S: Yep fine. It shouldn’t take long atall.
P: OK, Sally. Tell me what you’ve done so far and we’ll go from there.
S: Well, as you suggested I chose three local businesses and [……………….]

them via telephone to introduce myself.
P: That’s good.
S: Well, the thing is, I couldn’t get past the […………………………….]of two of
them .Do you have any suggestions?
P: What about following up with a letter stating what time you’ll be calling
again?
S- Oh, that’s a good idea. I hadn’t thought of that.
P: So, tell me about the one you have contacted.
S” Right, well, he was very […………………………….]actually. He received the

survey I[…………………………….]him and has already sent it back. I’ve had a
very quick look at it. but haven’t had a […………………………….]to write it up
vet.
P: So far so good. Carry on …
S: Well, apart from that, I’ve also found a lot of […………………………….]that

exist on the starting […………………………….]graduates begin on once they
finish studying. There’s some really interesting stuff out there. Did you know,
for example, that your[…………………………….]engineer earns nearly as much
as a[…………………………….]graduate?
P: Yes, I did.
S: Gosh, I had no idea.
P: Having second thoughts about a career in human resources are we?

S: No, but I was […………………………….]. Anyway, getting back to where I
was. I’ve gone to the library, but the books you […………………………….]have
already been taken out, apart from one that is, it’s called … A Starting Success.
I haven’t read it vet, but I’ve taken it out and it’s on mv list of things to Hn
P- Have you come up with a plan yet?
S: Yes, and I’ve written mv […………………………….]as well as my

introduction, but that’s where I’ve got […………………………….]. I don’t really
know how I’m going to be able to present all of the information as there’s so
much of it…
P: Well firstly, I’d recommend you start with […………………………….]what

the employer said. Now can I have a look at the […………………………….]you
wrote?
S: Yes, here it is.
P: Thanks … Oh dear. Well it’s no wonder you’re […………………………….]

with information. You’ve […………………………….]a lot of information, which
can be overwhelming.
S: Oh dear! That took me ages… and does that mean I can’t use it?
P: Afraid so … but don’t worry if you’ve got a pen and paper, I’ll quickly give
you some[…………………………….], and then you can re-jig it to get the
information you’re looking for.
S: OK, just a minute … I know there’s a pen in here somewhere. OK, got it.

P: Right, well, first and foremost you need to be clear. There’s no point having
a[…………………………….]worded document […………………………….]that
no one understands. Use language that is simple.
S: Right, got that. What next?
P: You need to catch the reader’s attention at the start of the document.
And vou need to find the right […………………………….]between formal and

informal language. Your […………………………….]isn’t an official document,
but more of a living one that serves a[…………………………….], so neutral
language is best.
S: OK, just writing that down … OK.
P: The next one’s what your […………………………….]was this time – try not
to use open- ended questions, or you’ll find it impossible to [………………….]
your results.
S: Yep, I think I’ve learned my lesson there. What else?
P: Scales really do make the job of completing the […………………………….]

easier for , the[…………………………….]by saving them lots of time
and […………………………….]writing. ‘[…………………………….]
S: I take your point. Anything else?
P: Ah ha. One last thing, make sure you’ve thought about the logic of your
questions. There’s nothing worse than trying to make choices about things that
seem to have.no order.

S: Right… got it. I see where I went wrong now and will try to do better next
time.
P: Don’t worry. It’s a very easy […………………………….]to make, and one that
many people come […………………………….]the first time they do this kind
of […………………………….]. OK, Sally, I really must rush. I’m late for
my […………………………….].
S: Of course, thanks for your help. I’ll see you in class tomorrow. Bye!
SECTION4
Hi, good morning everyone. I’m here today to present my findings on the
process of[………………….] and its impact on the […………………………….].
As you know, urbanization […………………………….]the movement of people
from the countryside to the cities. As this […………………………….]continues,
the cities of the world continue to grow. I will[…………………………….]how
this growth is eating away at the planet’s most[…………………………….]land.
My research has focused on two studies that looked at land use in

the […………………………….]. These have shown that since
its […………………………….], only three per cent of all land in the United
States has been built on. However, the same studies have also shown that
the[………………….] loss of productive land is […………………………….]
much, much greater. This isn’t so much of a problem in America as it has a
relatively low ratio of people to land. However, most other countries are not so
blessed, the impact of which could have dire[…………………………….]for the
future. The real […………………………….]here is if this pattern were to
be […………………………….]by developing countries, it could have a major
effect on the world’s food supplies in the next […………………………….].

In order to reach this conclusion, several research methods
were [……………….]. A group of scientists in the United States used a
weather […………………………….] that normally maps […………………….]
cloud cover at night. However, on nights when there were no clouds, they used
the satellite to map the generation of heat from city lights. They then took the
data and […………………………….] land use into three […………………….]
urban,[…………………………….]and non-urban land use. Next,
they […………………………….]how active the vegetation is in each region by
using different satellites. When they combined this information
with […………………………….]statistics and weather conditions, they came up
with a number for total […………………………….]for all areas.
So what did the results of this process of land […………………………….]show?

Well, firstly, they proved that although only a tiny […………………………….]of
the land in the United States is urbanized, and […………………………….]of
land is used for agricultural[…………………………….], the land which has
been built on actually has the best soils. These were
independently […………………………….]by a second team of scientists in San
Francisco, whose results show that this process is happening even faster in
the[…………………………….]corner of the United States. This means that land
that is extremely productive from an […………………………….]point of view, is
being taken over by lawns, golf courses and a few scattered trees. As a direct
result of urbanization, the researchers in[…………………………….]calculated
that every year £1 million tonnes of plants are ‘lost’ in the U.S.
So what does this mean for the future? Well, I have come up with some of my
own ideas for[…………………………….]. Countries should calculate whether
urbanization is happening on their […………………………….]lands too;
especially if they have large populations[…………………………….]to the
amount of land available, like India and China, for example. If it is, then every

effort should be made to stop the process from happening. This can be done in
many ways. One of them is to stop investing in the […………………………….]of
those areas. If people don’t have the facilities they need, they won’t want to live
there. But in my[…………………………….], the main solution here is to offer
people financial[…………………………….]to move away from fertile land to
areas that are less valuable in agricultural terms.
I hope you’ve enjoyed my […………………………….]this morning. Thanks for

your kind attention. I will now take any questions…

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4

AND/OR A FIGURE for each answer.
1. On which day and date does the woman want to fly to Toronto?
2. What class does the woman want to fly in?

3. What is the lowest price for a ticket on the days the customer has chosen?
4. What do the ticket prices include?
Questions 5-8
Complete the following information about the flight times using NO MORE
THAN ONE WORD OR A TIME for each gap.
Outward flight Return flight

Airline Stopover
Departure Arrival Departure Arrival
Air Canada 10:00 10:00 16:00 18:00 Vancouver
Qantas 5 _______ 10:15 9:00 11:00 6 ______
Pacific 7 _______ 11:15 8 _______ 06:10 Los Angeles
Questions 9-10

WORDS for each answer
9. What is the customer’s full name?

10. Which company does she work for?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14

WORDS for each gap.
11. A tenancy agreement is a ______________ between the tenant and the

landlord.
12. An assured short-hold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the ____________________.
13. Tenants should keep a __________________ of the tenancy agreement.
14. ____________________ is a list of all the items in the property.
Questions 15-17
Decide which THREE of the following statements about deposits are correct
and write the appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. They are special to England. ‘
B. They are generally equal to one months’rent.-. ,
C. They can be used instead of one months’rent.

D. They can cover unpaid bills when you leave accommodation.
E. They can cover the cost of damage to furniture.
F. They are not payable when you use an accommodation agency.
G. They can cover the legal costs of tenancy disputes.
Questions 18-20
Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict a tenant (other
than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on your answer
sheet in any order.
A. By moving into the property.
B. By moving a member of his /her family Into the property.
C. By applying to your educational institution for your eviction.
D. By waiting until the tenancy agreement expires.
E. By giving you notice that you have to leave.
F. By giving you at least 4 weeks’ notice that you have to leave.
C. By getting a court to issue an order for you to leave.
H. By contacting a law centre or the Citizens’ Advice Bureau.

SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21. What did Klara originally want to do her project on?
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day?
23. Which facilities might influence housing prices?
24. What did Klara’s friend suggest including information on?
25. Where could Klara get such information from?
Questions 26-30

WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
26. In the middle part, Klara needs to use a ____________________.
27. The professor suggests ___________________ of the bibliography.
28. The professor suggests that headings are _____________________.
29. How much longer does Klara have to finish the project?

30. What’s the last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her
project?

WORDS for each answer
9. What is the customer’s full name?
10. Which company does she work for?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14

WORDS for each gap.
11. A tenancy agreement is a _________________ between the tenant and

the landlord.
12. An assured short-hold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the ____________________.
13. Tenants should keep a ______________________ of the tenancy

agreement.
14. _______________________ is a list of all the items in the property.
Questions 15-17

Decide which THREE of the following statements about deposits are correct
and write the appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. They are special to England. ‘
B. They are generally equal to one months’rent.-. ,
C. They can be used instead of one months’rent.
D. They can cover unpaid bills when you leave accommodation.
E. They can cover the cost of damage to furniture.
F. They are not payable when you use an accommodation agency.
G. They can cover the legal costs of tenancy disputes.
Questions 18-20
Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict a tenant (other
than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on your answer
sheet in any order.
A. By moving into the property.
B. By moving a member of his /her family Into the property.
C. By applying to your educational institution for your eviction.

D. By waiting until the tenancy agreement expires.
E. By giving you notice that you have to leave.
F. By giving you at least 4 weeks’ notice that you have to leave.
C. By getting a court to issue an order for you to leave.
H. By contacting a law centre or the Citizens’ Advice Bureau.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21. What did Klara originally want to do her project on?
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day?
23. Which facilities might influence housing prices?
24. What did Klara’s friend suggest including information on?
25. Where could Klara get such information from?

Questions 26-30

26. In the middle part, Klara needs to use a ____________________.
27. The professor suggests ___________________ of the bibliography.
28. The professor suggests that headings are _____________________.
29. How much longer does Klara have to finish the project?
30. What’s the last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her
project?
SECTION 4
Questions 37-33
Answer the following information about British Education Scholarships

using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each
gap.
British Education Scholarships
available to all overseas students
for students at 31______________ level

2000 awarded each year
full award, 32_______________award or partial award
worth up to 33______________
Questions 34-35
Answer the following questions about Commonwealth Scholarships using NO

MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
34. Where should you apply for this scholarship?
35. How much is each scholarship worth?
Questions 36-35
Complete the following information about Foreign Office Scholarships

using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
Foreign Office Scholarships
awarded jointly by the Foreign Office and HE institutions
usually awarded for 36___________________
not employed by government or 37________________
course must be in field of 38_________________

Questions 39-40

Answer the following questions about Overseas Students Research Awards
using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
39. Which cost is covered by these awards?____________________
40. Which organization provides these awards?_________________
Answer keys:
1. Thursday 16th
2. business
3. $3200
4. taxes (and) surcharges
5. 13:45 {or 1:45 p.m.)
6. Vancouver
7. 18:15 (or 6:15 p.m.)
8. 22:25 (or 10:25 p.m.)
9. Mary-Anne Reece
10.ABC Stocks
11. written legal agreement

12. first six months
13. copy
14. An inventory
15-17. IN ANY ORDER
B, D, E
18-20 IN ANY ORDER D, F,G
21. voting patterns
22. (in) newspapers.
23. schools
24. crime rates/ statistics
25. (the) police
26. uniform approach
27. changing the format
28. short
29. a/1 month
30. (final) proofreading
31. postgraduate

32. fees-only
33. £20000
34. office
35. £5000 to £15000
36. taught postgraduate courses
37. (an) international organisation
38. development
39. fees
40. Ministry of Education
SECTION 1
Customer: Good morning. I’d like to book a flight to [……………………….],

please.
Travel Agent: Certainly. Flying from Sydney?

Customer: Yes. On Thursday, please.
Travel Agent: […………………………….]? Right. … There are three flights that

day. Do you prefer flying with any particular […………………………….]?
Customer: I’ve heard that Air Canada is good, but expensive. Is there a
big[…………………………….]in prices between the airlines? I’ll be flying
business class.
Travel Agent: Yes, there is. Air Canada is the most expensive airline
at[…………………………….]for business class depending on the date of return.
Qantas is[…………………………….]and Pacific, the budget airline, charges
between[…………………………….].
Customer: Wow! That’s quite a difference in prices! I’m returning on from

Wednesday 22nd, so could you check the return prices for me?
Travel Agent: Sure. Let me just enter the return date into the computer. … OK.
… Air Canada has tickets for [……………………….]. Qantas has them for
$4200. Pacific has tickets for $3200. Those prices all include taxes
and […………………….].
Customer: OK. Before I make a decision, I would like to know the [………….]
and arrival times – in both directions.
Travel Agent: Of course. Let’s look at Air Canada first. … Leaves Sydney at 10
a.m. and arrives in Toronto at 10 a.m. […………………………….]. There s a
stopover in Vancouver. The Qantas flight leaves Sydney at 13:45 and arrives at
10:15 a.m. There’s also a […………………………….]in Vancouver, but it’s

shorter than the Air Canada one. Pacific flies via Los Angeles and leaves at
18:15. arriving at 11:55 p.m.
Customer: Oh, that doesn’t sound very […………………………….]– flying by

Pacific, I mean.
Travel Agent: Well, budget airlines do offer cheaper tickets, but they are often
not so[…………………………….]in other ways.
Customer: How about the return flights?
Travel Agent: Let me check. … The Air Canada flight leaves Toronto at 16:00
and arrives at 18:00 local time. The Qantas flight leaves at 9 a.m. and arrives at
11 a.m. local time in Sydney. Pacific … The Pacific flight leaves Toronto at
22:25 and arrives at 06:10 local time in Sydney. Again, not
very […………………………….]timing.
Customer: No, it isn’t. Are the stopovers the same as on the [……………….]
journey?
Travel Agent: Yes, they are.
Customer: Well, I have a business […………………………….]on Wednesday

22nd in the morning, so unfortunately, I can’t take the Qantas flight. The
Pacific flight times are too[…………………………….], so I’ll take the Air
Canada flight, even though it’s more expensive.
Travel Agent: Right. I’ll book that for you, shall I? Do you have your[………….]
with you?

Customer: Yes, I do. … Here you are.
Travel Agent: Thank you. I’ll just enter your details. … OK, could you just
check this[…………………………….]? Make sure that I’ve spelt your name
correctly and have written your passport number correctly too…. Will you be
paying by […………………………….]?
Customer: Yes, I have a company credit card…. Here you are. … Oh, my name
is Reece with a ‘c’ not an ‘s’.
Travel Agent: Oh, I’m sorry! I’ll correct that. R, double E, C, E.
Customer: And my given names are […………………………….]. Mary hyphen

Anne – with an ‘e’ – oh, you’ve got that. Sorry.
Travel Agent: OK. Mary-Anne, joined together with a hyphen. Is the passport
number OK?
Customer: Yes. Could you give me an […………………………….]invoice,

please? I need it for my company.
Travel Agent: Certainly. Shall I use the company name as it appears on thp
credit card –[…………………………….]?
Customer: Yes.
Travel Agent: OK. Thank you. Could you sign here? … And here? … Thank you.
I’ll just[…………………………….]your ticket.
Customer: Thank you.

SECTION 2
Presenter: Good afternoon, everyone. I’m here to give you a talk
on[………………….] agreements and other […………………………….]. If you
rent a flat or a house, or bedsit, you will have a ‘tenancy agreement’ or ’lease’.
This is a written legal[…………………………….]between you, the tenant, and
the […………………………….]owner, the[…………………………….]. Tenancy
agreements should normally contain information about the amount of rent,
the length of the tenancy and what rights you and your landlord will have
under the law. In most cases, you will have an ‘[……………………….] short-
hold tenancy’ which means that your landlord cannot ask you to leave without
a […………………………….]during the first six months. Although these rights
offer you some protection, it is still your responsibility to check the tenancy
agreement thoroughly and make sure you agree with the terms. Do not sign
the tenancy agreement if you do not know what all of it means. If you do not
fully understand your rights, show your tenancy agreement to
an […………………………….]in the accommodation office or student welfare
office at your […………………………….]or college and ask for help. You can
also get help from a housing advice centre, law centre or […………………….]
Bureau. When you do sign the tenancy agreement, make sure you get a copy to
keep for yourself, in case you need to check any […………………………….]later
on. The landlord may also, ask you to sign an […………………………….]: a list
of all the items in the property – pieces of[…………………………….], kitchen
items, etc. If so, make sure you get a copy of this as well. Check that it is correct
and that any […………………………….]damage to these items is included
before signing it. If your landlord does not […………………………….]an
inventory, you should make one yourself and send a copy to the landlord.
Let’s take a look at [……………….]. Before you move into private[………….],

you will probably be asked to cay, a deposit[………………….] to one month’s

rent. Make sure you get a receipt for any deposit or fees you have paid. When
you leave the accommodation, if you have paid all your bills
and[…………………………….] no damage to the […………………………….],
your full deposit will be paid back to you. If you are renting through an
accommodation […………………………….], you may also be asked to pay fees
for preparing tenancy agreements and […………………………….]. You should
also keep a written record of all the rent payments that you make, as you make
them. If you have a […………………………….]with your landlord, or you get
behind with your rent, you should get advice as soon as possible. Remember
that if you live in the same building as your landlord, or you have a room in a
student or […………………………….], or university/college accommodation,
then this will affect how secure your tenancy will be. If you do not share any
living space with the landlord or a member of their family, apart from means
of[……………………….] like an entrance hall or a […………………………….],
or are a student living in halls of […………………………….], or any other type
of accommodation where an educational […………………………….]is the
landlord, you will have basic[…………………………….]from eviction. Your
landlord will have to end your tenancy first, either by waiting for the end of
the […………………………….]term you agreed for the tenancy or by giving you
at least four weeks’ written notice in writing ta.Quit or through getting a court
order, before you have to leave. If you share living space – for example, a
kitchen, living room or bathroom – with your landlord or are in a student or
youth hostel, you will be what is[…………………………….]an excluded tenant’,
which means that you are outside the[…………………………….]of the UK law
which regulates […………………………….]and will not have security of tenure.
All the landlord has to do to evict you is to give you notice, although they must
give you a […………………………….]amount of time in which to leave.
If you have problems with accommodation, contact the accommodation office

or students’ union at your university or college. If you need specialist

or […………………………….]help, contact a law centre in your local Citizens
Advice Bureau who will be able to tell you your rights as a tenant and the rights
of your landlord.
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning, Klara. Take a seat. Right, I’ve read your first draft of
your[…………………………….]on housing. Well done.
Klara: Thank you. I know it’s only a first draft though, so I’m sure you have
some[…………….] on how it can be improved. I was very [………………….] at
first, because it wasn’t my first choice of topic. I had wanted to do something
on[…………………………….]patterns, but getting information … well, it didn’t
look[…………………………….]within the time frame.
Professor: Don’t worry. I think that you have made a good choice. Yes,
a[…………………………….]of the factors influencing housing prices. Very
topical!
Klara: Definitely! There seems to be something about [……………………….] in

the newspapers every day. I just wanted to compare the
different [……………….] you know, location, the proximity of [……………….]
such as schools
Professor: As I said, a good choice of topic. Now, the first part is very well
done. You clearly[…………………………….]what you are going to look at, why
and how.
Klara: Do you think that I have covered enough points there?

Professor: I think so. Did you have anything else in mind – you know,
something else you’d like to cover?
Klara: Well, a friend [……………………….]that I might include crime rates.
Professor: Actually, that’s a very good idea. You might consider it. It is
something that many people take into account – […………………………….]or
otherwise, when choosing a place to live. Nowadays the police
are […………………….] to keep quite detailed[…………………………….]on
crime and you can get them fairly easily. I mean, it’s easy enough to ask for
them, but it might take a while for the police to get them to you.
Klara: OK. I’ll make a note of that – contact police for crime statistics.
Professor: Now, I have to say that I found the […………………………….]part

more difficult to get through.
Klara: Oh! I thought I had done that rather well.
Professor: Don’t worry – it’s not […………………………….]. It’s just that…

well, try to take a uniform […………………………….]. Use one for
each […………………………….]people use when choosing housing. That way,
you’re […………………………….]like with like, rather than different things.
Klara: Ah, I see. So, I should stick with one as far as possible. Yes, that does
seem[…………………………….]. So, I don’t really need to get more data or
write much more? Instead, I need to change … I’ve got it.
Professor: It just makes it a lot easier to read – that’s the main thing.

Klara: Yes, of course. How about the […………………………….]?
Professor: Based on the information you’ve […………………………….], I think

that you’ve done very well. You’ll have to see if the new information you
include changes your[…………………………….]at all. It probably won’t make a
big difference, but you might see[…………………………….]in some areas.
Klara: OK. Do you think that I used appropriate headings? And is

the[…………………………….]OK? I know that a lot of professors look long and
hard at that, whilst most students think it unimportant.
Professor: Yes, professors find the bibliography very useful – it tells us where
you are getting your information from and whether those sources
are […………………………….]. Your bibliography is fine, but you might
consider changing the format. Here’s a printout of the most
widely […………….] format. You can keep that.
Klara: Thank you. And the headings?
Professor: I made a few notes. Here are some suggestions. Don’t feel that you
have to use them – I won’t be […………………………….]! But some of vour
headings are[…………………………….]whereas others are relatively short – as
they should be.
Klara: Thank you. I’ll take a look at these later.
Professor: How long did you work on the whole thing?
Klara: Well, two months. Perhaps an average of three hours a day – not more
than that. Probably, oh, […………………………….].

Professor: That’s about what I would recommend. Anything less
than[…………………………….]is going to be […………………………….]to the
project. You’ll probably need another 50 hours’ work on it in total, you’ve still
got a month, so you should manage it easily.
Klara: Yes, a couple of hours a day. Easy!
Professor: I’d suggest that you come back to see me in … oh, about, let’s say,
three weeks’ time? Then you should be […………………………….]finished and
I can have another look before you do your firm proofreading before handing it
in.
Klara: OK. I’ll see you after one of the […………………………….]to make an
appointment. Is that OK?
Professor: Certainly. Thanks, Klara.
Klara: Thank you, professor.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this presentation on […………………………….]and

funding. If you are hoping for help with funding your studies in the UK, you
need to get working on this as soon as you can – it is almost impossible to
make […………………………….]for financial support once you have left your
own country. Start by […………………………….]with your own Ministry of
Education or [……………………….] of Education. Your local British Council
office can[…………………………….] details of awards available including those
offered by UK[…………………………….]themselves. You’ll also find
information and a scholarships[…………………………….]on their website. The

main scholarship schemes available for[…………………………….]students
include British Education Scholarships, Commonwealth Scholarships, Foreign
Office Scholarships and Overseas Students Research Awards.
British Education S-Cholarships are […………………………….]awards

enabling talented international students to study in the UK at […………….]
level. Only students studying for at least one [……………….] year
are […………………………….]. About[…………………………….]new
scholarships are currently awarded each year and there are plans to expand
the programme further. There are […………………….] of scholarship. The first
is a full award, where all the fees, a living […………………………….]and travel
to and from the UK are paid for. Then there is a fees-only award, where all or
part of the fees are paid. Finally, there is a […………………………….]award,
where a […………………………….]of the fees and the allowances are paid. The
value of the scholarship will vary, depending on the type of the award, the
length of the course and the country from which the student comes, but it is up
to a maximum of […………………………….]. Contact the British Council or the
British[…………………………….]in your own country for details. You must
be[…………………………….]in your home country when you apply.
Commonwealth Scholarships are awards mainly for postgraduate study,

although funding for[…………………………….]study may be possible if there
are no suitable undergraduate courses in your home country. You must be
a […………………………….]of a Commonwealth country, including the UK. A
university degree, or […………………………….], is usually required. Apply to
the British Council office in your country. You must be [………………….] in
your own country when you apply. About […………………………….]of these
scholarships are awarded each year and their value ranges from [………….]
to [………….].

Foreign Office Scholarships are a joint […………………………….]by the
Foreign Office and certain UK higher education […………………………….].
The awards are normally given for taught postgraduate courses. In rare cases,
an award may be made for undergraduate study if the course is not available at
an institution in your home country. They are[…………………………….]by the
Foreign Office and participating UK higher education institutions. You must
normally be under […………………………….]of age. You must be resident in a
developing country, and you must not be currently employed by
your[…………………….] or by aiLinternational […………………………….]–
You should be planning to study a subject related to development and
be […………………………….]in English. Apply directly to one of
the […………………………….]institutions. You can ask for a list of
participating institutions from the British [……………….] in your country or
your local British Council office. Only about […………………………….] of these
awards are made each year and their value ranges from […………………….]
to […………………………….]
Overseas Students Research Awards are awards for full-time [……………….]

study, for a period of one year. They make up the difference between home
and.overseas students’ fees. They are funded by the […………………………….]
of Education. You must be a postgraduate research student at a publicly
funded higher education institution in the UK. You will need
to[…………………….] academic [………………….]and research[…………….].
Application forms are available from UK higher education institutions, so
contact the one where you want to study. For further information, contact the
OSRA office via their website- www.osra.org. Actually, you can email them
at[…………………………….]. On average, 1000 of these scholarships are
awarded each year and the maximum amount is […………………………….]per
scholarship.


SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Complete the following information
Surname 1____________________
Given name Garba
Local address 2____________________
Home address Lagos, Nigeria
Date of birth 3____________________
Course 4____________________
Questions 5-7

WORDS/NUMBERS for each answer.
5. How many other UK universities have libraries open 24 hours?

6. What size photocopies are available at the library?
7. How many entries are there on the library database?
Questions 8-10

WORDS for each gap.
8. It is not necessary to be _______________ on the lower floor of the

library.
9. What is on the upper floor of the library?
10. It is not always necessary to make an appointment to use the

________________ room.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13

11. Students on courses lasting over a year are usually given until
_________________ to leave the country.
12. You should send your application ______________________ before

your permission expires.

13. Your application must only include _____________________
documents.
Questions 14-16
Decide which three things ALL applicants MUST send when extending their
leave to remain. Write the appropriate letters in boxes 14, 15 and 16 in any
order.
A. Your passport.
B. Your children’s passports.
C. Your Police Registration Certificate.
D. A letter from your college or university saying that you are on a full-time
course of study, or that you will be beginning one.
E. Bank statements covering the past three months.
F. A recent passport-sized photograph of yourself.
G. Recent passport-sized photos of your children.
Questions 17-20

AND/OR NUMBERS for each answer.

17. Where can you download the FLRS application form?
________________________
18. Which postal service should you use when sending your application?
________________________
19. Which organization has a 24-hour emergency line?
________________________
20. How long do people have to appeal a decision?
________________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO

WORDS for each gap.
21. The professor already knows something about Clare from her
________________.
22. The professor wants to ask Clare about her experience and
___________________.
23. Clare studied ___________________ at University.

24. Clare felt she would be more _______________________ if she was
further from her family.
25. Clare chose Infrastructure as one of her _____________________

optional courses.
Questions 26-30

26. What did Clare want to concentrate on in her studies?
_________________________
27. During which time of the year did she work abroad?
_________________________
28. What didn’t she like in India?
_________________________
29. What did the workers have to remove to make the roads in Sierra Leone?
_________________________
30. What Masters’ course does Clare plan to take?
_________________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Complete the information in the table using NO MORE THAN THREE

Parts Geography Industries
Manufacturing
mostly lowland upland
England farming services
in 32__________
mountains lochs oil electronics

(33___________) biotechnology
Scotland
31______
UK glens (valleys) fishing forestry
Electronics auto parts

35___________
34___________
Wales healthcare
mountains lakes
professional services
Northern Ireland beautiful countryside tourism
Questions 36-40


36. What kind of weather do many foreigners think Britain has?
________________________
37. Which is the driest month in London?
________________________
38. Which part of Britain tends to be drier?
________________________
39. Where is snow usual in winter?
________________________
40. When is the weather generally most variable?
________________________
Answer keys:
1. Buwal
2. 16 Bridgeway. Road
3. 25th May 1983
4. M.Sc. Engineering

5. one/1
6. A4
7. (about) half a million/ 500000
8. silent
9. books (and) reports
10. video and DVD
11. 31st October
12. one/1 month
13. (the) original
14-16. IN ANY ORDER A, D,F
17. Home Office website
18. recorded delivery
19. Immigration Advisory Service
20. (a) few days
21. application form

22. academic background
23. geography
24. independent
25. third year
26. human geography
27. (the) summer
28. (the) climate
29. vegetation
30. Development Studies
31. Great Britain
32. north and west
33. lakes
34. coastline
35. food processing
36. rain (and) fog

37. April
38. (the) east
39. (parts of) Scotland
40. early spring
Student: Good morning. I’d like to join the library, please.
Librarian: Of course. Can I just see your […………………………..]?
Student: Here you are.
Librarian: Thank you. Let me just check – your first name is Garba – G A R B
A – and your surname is Buwal – B U W A L.
Student: That’s right.
Librarian: Can I just get some […………………………..]information from you

for our database? It won’t take long.
Student: Sure.
Librarian: Could I have your address, please?
Student: Here? In Newtown?
Librarian: Yes.
Student: […………………………..].
Librarian: Is Bridgeway written as one word?
Student: Yes, it is.
Librarian: Thank you. Which city are you from? Just the city – I don’t need
the full address.
Student: I’m from Lagos in Nigeria.
Librarian: And your date of birth?
Student: […………………………..].
Librarian: Which course are you on?
Student: M.Sc. Engineering.
Librarian: Thank you. That’s all the […………………………..]I need. Your

library card will be ready tomorrow. Would you like to pick it up here or shall I
send it to your[…………………………..]?
Student: I’ll pick it up here. Could I just ask you a few questions?
Librarian: Of course. What would you like to know?
Student: I heard that the library is open 24 hours a day – is that correct?
Librarian: It will be from […………………………..], but now we’re only open

from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. because this week is only for […………………………..]–
there are no formal classes at the university.
Student: I see. It’s very unusual to have a library that’s open 24 hours.
Librarian: We are only the second university in the UK to offer this service. It
was[……………………..] popular when we introduced it on […………………..]
last academic year.
Student: What […………………………..]are available here? I missed the

orientation, I’m afraid.
Librarian: Well, you can see the three […………………………..]over there by

the large desk. The one nearest us is a colour copier.
Student: How much does it cost to make copies?
Librarian: Five pence for black and white and […………………………..]for

colour. Only A4 sized copies are available. On the other side of the room, by
the windows, you can see the computers. They have a database of all books,
newspapers, magazines and […………………………..]in the library – about half
a million […………………………..]in all.
Student: Are they connected to the Internet?

Librarian: No. We found that too many students wanted to use them.
Besides, it’s cheap and easy for students to get an Internet connection in
their[…………………………..].
Student: Those stairs lead to the rest of the library?
Librarian: Yes. On this floor, we have newspapers and magazines.
Users are not required to be […………………………..]in this part of the library,

but we do ask that noise be kept to a […………………………..]. Upstairs, there
are all the books and reports.
Student: What’s that room at the end there?
Librarian: You mean at the […………………………..]end of the room to my

desk? That’s the video and […………………………..]. We have a small selection
of videos and DVDs that students can view, but usually
an […………………………..]needs to be made in advance. However, this is not
necessary if the room is not in use.
Student: Well, thank you very much.
Librarian: My pleasure.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Hello everyone. I’m here to talk to you about [……………………..]

your leave to remain in the UK. Let me just check that you are all from outside

the[…………………………..]Economic Area. If you are from the EEA,
this[…………………………..]does not apply to you. OK. Let’s begin.
The very first thing to do is to take note of the date that your
entry […………………………..]is valid until, or the date that your ‘leave to
remain’ in the UK will run out. This is the date when your
current […………………………..]to be in the UK will expire. By this date you
should either leave the UK or […………………………..]your permission to be
here. As a part of the[…………………………..]to attract more international
students to the UK, many international students are now given permission to
be in the UK for the full […………………………..]of study. Students
on […………………………..]of 12 months or more that end during
the[…………………………..]will usually be given permission to be in the UK
until[…………………………..]. Students on courses that do not follow the usual
autumn to summer[…………………………..]will usually be given a period that
includes two months at the end of the course, for packing up and
making […………………………..]to leave.
However, some students are not given permission to be here for the whole of
their course at the very beginning. If this has […………………………..]to you,
you will have to apply for an[…………………………..]of your permission to be
here. Start preparing for the[…………………………..]about two months before
your permission […………………………..]. Howeverr you should not normally
make the application until one month before vonr permission runs out. To
apply to stay longer in the UK, you must take or send certain documents to the
Home Office. The Home Office is the name we give to what people in most
other countries call the […………………………..]Ministry. They must be the
originals and not[…………………………..].

Which documents do you need to send? Your completed […………………..]
form – form FLRS. Your passport and passports for
each […………………………..], if they are applying to extend their stay in the
UK with you. If your […………………………..]shows that you are required to
register with the police, you must also send your Police Registration Certificate
and[…………………………..]for each dependant, if they are applying
to[…………………………..]their stay in the UK with you. You also need to send
a letter from your college or university stating that you are still enrolled on a
full-time course of study, or that vou will be beginning another one.
Bank […………..] covering the past three months, or other [………………..]
that you have enough money to continue to pay your fees
and[…………………………..]yourself and any dependants. A recent passport-
sized[…………………………..]of yourself and similar photos of any of your
dependants aged 16 or over, if they are applying to extend their stay in the UK
with you.
FLRS stands for Further Leave to Remain Student. To get this form, you
can[…………………………..]it from the Home Office website or ask at your
college or[…………………………..]. When you are preparing to fill out the
form, it is a good idea to read the […………………………..]Notes. You could
also ask a student adviser or[…………………………..]officer at your institution
for help. Now, where should you send your[…………………………..]? You can
only send your application by post. Send your documents to: FLRS,
Immigration and Nationality […………………………..], Sunshine House, 28
Wellington Road, London, W1A 2BY. Send your documents by
recorded […………………………..]and keep the receipt, as well as photocopies
of everything you send. You can expect to wait at least four weeks and
sometimes […………………………..]longer before a decision on the application
is made.

I have some good news about the application […………………………..].
According to new regulations, even if you do not have all these documents
available, you must still make sure that you apply before your current
permission to be in the UK […………………………..]. Enclose as many of the
documents as you have and include a letter […………………………..]what is
missing, why it is missing and when you will be able to send it to the Home
Office. You will then be[…………………………..]to have made your application
in time. If your permission to be in the UK has already
expired, […………………………..]either a student adviser or welfare officer at
your college or university or the […………………………..]Advisory Service on
their 24-hour[…………………………..]line Oil 7378 9191 or via their website –
www.iasuk.org. Please note that if you do make a late application, and the
application is […………………………..], you cannot appeal against that
decision.
If your application was made in time and if your application is refused, you
will[…………………………..]a letter from the Home Office telling you why. The
letter will also tell you whether or not you have the right
to […………………………..]against the decision. If you made your original
application in […………………………..]– before your current leave to ‘remain
had expired – then you should automatically be given the right to appeal. If
you have the right to[…………………………..], you will only have a few days in
which to exercise this right. You should therefore ask for […………………..]
advice about the appeal process as soon as possible from a lawyer, a student
adviser or welfare officer at your college or university or the Immigration
Advisory Service.
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning. Your name is Clare Sanders, isn’t it?

Student: That’s right.
Professor: Well, Clare, as we […………………………..]in the letter, in this

interview I’d like to talk about some of the things that you mentioned in
your […………………………..]form, such as your experience and academic
background.
Clare: I see.
Professor: Now, for your […………………………..]degree, you studied

geography, right?
Clare: That’s correct. At the Scottish National University.
Professor: SNU is a very prestigious university. Apart from that, were there
any other[…………………………..]that you chose to study there?
Clare: Well, your correct in suggesting that the main reason I went there was
due to the[…………………………..]quality of the university, but there were two
other reasons. The first was that it is reasonably far from my home. I wanted to
be as [……………..] as possible from my family […………………………..]I was
studying and felt that that was one way of[…………………………..]that aim.
The other reason was that the university offered an[…………………………..]of
summer work in developing countries and that’s something I was very keen on.
Professor: That would be the Livingstone Project?
Clare: That’s right.

Professor: I’d like to return to that in a minute. Let me just check
the[………………………….. ]courses you took in your third year.
Clare: The two […………………………..]courses were Methodology in

Geography and Statistical[…………………………..]and I chose Infrastructure,
Development Issues and Geology in addition to those.
Professor: I see. You clearly decided to focus more on the human geography
side of things.
Clare: Yes. I Had worked on […………………………..]projects abroad for two

summers as part of the […………………………..]Project. The first project was
in India and the second was in Sierra Leone.
Professor: Could you tell me the main aims of the projects and how
you[…………………………..]?
Clare: The Indian project was to ensure that a village had […………………..]
supplies of fresh water and adequate […………………………..]. On that project,
my role was to help lay pipes and put together […………………………..]pieces
of equipment. The project in Sierra Leone involved improving
the […………………..]. The aim was to create[…………………………..]roads
between villages so that they could receive aid and so that they could
get […………………………..]products, particularly fruit and vegetables, to
the[…………………………..]and larger towns. My job was to help choose the
best route for the roads, […………………………..]any impact on the
environment whilst[…………………………..]efficiency.
Professor: How did you find the experiences?

Clare: The Indian […………………………..]was helpful in that it was my first
experience abroad and I got to see how small development projects can really
make a […………………………..]. However, I found
the […………………………..]… well, it was extremely hot and humid and we
were doing a lot of physical work, so it was well, it made you appreciate
air[…………………………..], for a start! The second project … well, I enjoyed
that a lot more. There was some […………………………..]work, but we had
some machinery to help us clear paths through […………………………..]. I
really enjoyed being able to put what I had learned into[……………………..].
For example, we had to choose a route on a map first of all, according to
the […………………………..] of hills and valleys. Then we had to explore the
ground and check that it was really a suitable route.
Professor: And now you’ve decided to take a Masters’ Degree in Dpyplnpment

Studies as a result. Great. Well, I just have a few more questions regarding…
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this […………………………..]lecture on the geography
of the United Kingdom. The UK, with a total population of
over […………………………..], consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Great Britain comprises England. Scotland and Wales. England is the largest
country of the UK, with some […………………………..]people. It is mainly a
lowland country, with some […………………………..]areas in the north and
west. The capital is London with about […………………………..]people. There
are many manufacturing industries and farming is […………………………..],
but the economy is increasingly service-based, and London is one of the
world’s leading centres for banking, […………………………..]and other
financial[………………..]. High-tech industries have […………………………..]
many of the more traditional ones. In Scotland, 5 million people live in an area

not much smaller than England. The country […………………………..]vast
open spaces and is one of the last areas of[…………………………..]natural
beauty in Europe, […………………………..], lochs – that is ‘lakes’ – and glens
– that is ‘valleys’. Modern industries including oil, electronics and
biotechnology, as well as more traditional industries such as fishing
and[…………………………..], drive the economy. The largest city is Glasgow,
but the capital is Edinburgh. Wales is home to 3 million people, and
its […………………………..]is characterised by […………………………..],
mountains and lakes. Cardiff is the capital and largest city. Key industries
include electronics, auto components, food processing, health care, and
professional services. More Japanese [………………………..] have set up shop
in Wales than anywhere else in Europe. About […………………………..]people
live in Northern Ireland, the capital of which is Belfast, the largest city.
Residents enjoy beautiful countryside. Many new hotels are[………………..] to
cater for increasing numbers of tourists and business[…………………………..].
The climate in the UK is […………………………..]: summers are fairly cool and

winters are quite mild. And […………………………..]what many foreigners
believe, British weather is not rain and fog – it is actually more comfortable,
more varied and more interesting than that. What you can
look […………………..] in the way of rain, sun, […………………………..]and
even daylight depends on where you will be living. Here are some
typical […………………………..]for London. January is the coldest month
at […………………………..]whilst July is the hottest at 17°C. Rainfall varies
from 56mm in April to 81mm in December. Although the UK is quite
small[…………………………..], the climate varies from one area to another. In
general, the west is wetter and milder than the east, and northern areas
are […………………………..]cooler than southern ones. For example, compare
the following […………………………..]with the London figures: Edinburgh
14’C in July and […………………………..]15°C in the same month. Edinburgh:

4°C in January and Manchester: 5°C in the same month. Barts of Scotland
usually get snow in winter, whereas you might live in London for several years
without seeing a[…………………………..]snowfall.
International students who are used to tropical or […………………………..]

climates are often intrigued by the sheer […………………………..]of the
weather in the UK. Weather in the early spring tends to be
especially […………………..]. You could be treated to rain, snow, thunder and
lightning, hail, and […………………………..]spring sunshine – all in the course
of a single day.

SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Choose the correct answer, A, B, C or D.
1. How did the student get the university prospectus?
A. From the woman.
B. From the Internet.
C. From a friend.

D. During a visit to the university.
2. What is the A-level requirement for the course?
A. BBB.
B. BBC
C. BCC.
D. There is no clear requirement.
3. What A-levels is the student taking?
A. He doesn’t say.
B. He hasn’t started his A-levels yet.
C. Politics, a language and another subject.
D. Economics, geography and history.
4. Who can use the language lab?
A. Only students who have chosen to study a language.
B. Only students who are preparing for work abroad.

C. Students who have chosen one of the five languages offered on the course.
D. Any student.
Questions 5-7

WORDS/NUMBERS for each answer.
5. Who decides the country in which the student will work in year three?
6. How many students went to work in either Singapore or Brunei this year?
7. What is the advantage of translating or checking translations?
Questions 8-10

WORDS for each gap.
8. The women points out that the student can teach English and __________
together.
9. First year students can study a language or do a project, but are

_____________ on one.
10. There are no department ______________________ for first-year

students.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for
each answer.
11. According to Mr Singh, on which thing do many people make superficial

observations?
__________________________________________________
12. According to Mr Singh, how quickly do cultures change?
__________________________________________________
13. How many children does Mr Singh have?
__________________________________________________
14. According to Mr Singh, what are young Indians not concerned about?
__________________________________________________
15. According to Mr Singh, what great advantage do young Indians have?
__________________________________________________
Questions 16-20

WORDS for each gap.
16. According to Mr Singh, the biggest problem for young Indians is that their
parents them ___________________ too much at school.
17. What is becoming more widely available to people in India?
18. Mr Singh believes that the best way to be successful is to be

__________________________ .
19. Mr Singh believes that Western methods plus the

_____________________________ are an excellent mix.
20. Mr Singh says his generation could only dream, but the new one can
____________________________ too.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25

21. When is the deadline for handing in dissertations?
22. What should the word count exclude?
23. Who must approve the dissertation topic?

24. How long should the research take?
25. What will the students probably spend the second half of April doing?
Questions 26-30
Complete the following statements using NO MORE THAN THREE

WORDS for each gap.
26. The professor recommends referring to _________________

dissertations.
27. The students already have a printed ___________________ to help

them with their dissertations.
28. Helen Trailforth’s book is named _______________________
29. The library has a ______________________ for getting books back

from other students if you need them.
30. The professor says that questionnaires may not get interviewees real
________________________.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Complete the notes using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.

Lack of preparation can lead to contamination, e.g. forgetting to remove 31
_______________ or including the 32_______________of material.
The 33______________ at the processing facility removes contaminants,
but processors may refuse 34___________________ materials.
Questions 35-37

WORDS for each gap.
35. MRF is short for _____________.
36. At the MRF, trucks are______________.
37. Trucks leave the materials on the_________________.
Questions 38-40

38. What are the two types of sorting? ________________
39. What closes the recycling loop? ________________
40. What is the current recycling rate? ________________
Answer keys:

1B
2C
3D
4D
5 (the) student
6 none/ 0
7 (quite) well paid/ (the) pay
8 do aid work
9 (only) assessed
10 scholarships
11 rock music
12 very slowly
13 two/ 2
14 politics
15 mobility
16 push/are pushing
17 education
18 creative
19 Indian value system
20 achieve
21 28th May
22 contents, references, bibliography
23 (your) personal tutor
24 8-10 weeks
25 (extra) research
26 other/ previous students
27 research guide
28 Dissertation Research Techniques
29 recall system
30 feelings and opinions

31 container lids
32 wrong type
33 sorting process
34 heavily contaminated
35 material recovery facility
36 weighed
37 tipping floor
38 manual (and) automatic
39 buying recycled products
40 . 33.9%
SECTION 1
Student: Good afternoon. I’m […………………………..]applying to your
university and would like to ask you some questions.
Woman: Of course. Take a seat. Which course were you thinking of applying
for?
Student: South-east Asian Studies.

Woman: I see. Po you have a copy of the university […………………………..]?
Student: Yes. I do. I […………………………..]it.
Woman: So, you know that it’s a four-year course, including one year living
and working in the region.
Student: Yes. The A-level […………………………..]requirement is BCC, right?
Woman: Yea, but on […………………………..]our students have 3 Bs.
Student: Are there any […………………………..]on the subjects that I take at

A- level?
Woman: No, but we find that students studying politics, economics

history,[……………………..] or languages tend to find their first year easier. A
background in at least two or three of those subjects is [……………………..].
Student: I see. I’m not studying […………………………..]or languages, but I

am taking the other three at A-level. Are languages an important part of the
course? You see, I’m not very good at them.
Woman: Languages are not a […………………………..]part of the course-they

are optional each year. However, because students spend a year abroad, we
strongly […………………………..]that students take one for at least a
year […………………………..]. Howeyer, there is a language lab that students
are free to use during the day […………………………..]of the subjects they are
taking.
Student: Which languages are offered?

Woman: We have five on offer – Vietnamese, Burmese, Thai, Indonesian
and Tagalog. They can be taken in the first, second and fourth years. During
the third year, students are[…………………..] to learn the basics of the
language spoken wherever they are spending their year [……………………..].
Student: I see. Can I spend my year abroad in any conntry in

the […………………………..]I choose?
Woman: Yes, as long as you can […………………………..]your tutors that it

will benefit your studies. This year most students have gone to Vietnam,
Thailand, or the Philippines. Fewer have gone to […………………………..],
Burma, Malaysia, Laos or Cambodia. None went to[…………………………..]
or […………………..].
Student: What do students generally do during their year abroad?
Woman: The vast majority help on aid projects, […………………………..]

helping with water supply and […………………………..]in rural areas. Others
get involved in teaching English or in business – particularly
the […………………..] side of things. A small minority get jobs translating or
checking […………………………..]. That’s quite well paid, but your language
skills have to be up to scratch.
Student: Good. I was […………………………..]by the idea of teaching English

or doing aid work.
Woman: Very often, it’s possible to do both. That way you can also develop a
wider range of skills.

Student: Thank you for your help. Can I just check the [……………………..]
courses for year one?
Woman: The only choice in year one is a language or a project where the
student creates a[…………………………..]of background information on the
countries of the region. Actually, many students do both, since they find the
project […………………………..]to their general understanding of the region
and the languages are obviously useful […………………………..]for going
abroad. However, students are only […………………………..]on either the
language or the project and are free to choose which one.
Student: Got it. And could you tell me about the […………………………..]that
are available from the department? It says in the […………………………..]that
there are some in addition to the ones offered by the university.
Woman: Sure. Actually, I’ve printed out a list. … Here you are.
Nothing is available for first year students, but thereafter scholarships are
awarded for high overall grades and also for linguistic skills. There is a
smaller […………………………..]award for non-academic contributions.
Student: Well, thank you very much for your help.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome to our […………………………..]on Indian Youth. Are
young Indians different from their elders? Smarter? Lazier? Less obedient? We
have invited an Indian[…………………………..], Mr Singh, to share his views
with us. Mr Singh, many Indians[…………………………..]that the new

generation of Indians is too […………………………..]and has lost touch with its
culture. What’s your opinion on that?
Mr. Singh: Whenever a country […………………………..]there

is […………………..] that the new generation will be dramatically different
from those that […………………………..]it, in particular more Westernised.
Much of that speculation is based on[…………………………..]observations
regarding rock music and the like. However most studies show that new
generations […………………………..]much, though not all, of the core values
of their culture. Cultures change very slowly. What is changing quickly is the
environment in which they live, their […………………………..], opportunities
for advancement, and[…………………………..]. Young Indians certainly have
more opportunities today.
Presenter: Where does your information come from?
Mr Singh: I have two., children in their early twenties. I see their […………..]
at close quarters. I often travel to both […………………………..]
and […………………………..]places in India, and I see the young people there.
The current generation has, by and large,[…………………………..]politics as a
primary concern. They have grown up with a TV and a[…………………………..]
either at home or in the vicinity. They have watched MTV but they still go the
temple, and most of them seriously believe that God exists. Regarding
the[…………………………..] that Mr Singh mentioned, for the first time, it
is[…………………………..] in India for a kid to say that he or she wants to be
an actor, a singer, a fashion designer, a writer, a cricket player as
a […………………………..] without parents losing sleep. It also means that
they have many choices of role model. When I look at young people around
me, I see more hope than […………………………..].

Presenter: Mr Singh, what is the main […………………………..]that young
people in India have?
Mr Singh: The biggest advantage_the youth of India have

is […………………………..]. It is very easy for them to move about the country
and follow opportunities – an edge the Chinese youth, for example, do not
currently have. Also, young Indians are quickly […………………………..]to
new technologies, and English is now being more widely […………………..]
and spoken than ever, before. India’s youth have a very unique advantage,
a [………………..] of mobility, language and knowledge of [………………..].
Add to that a country that has an[…………………………..]spirit and a very
clear intent to adapt to Western culture.
Presenter: Are there any problems, as far as you can see?
Mr Singh: I think that the biggest overall problem is with […………………..],

but as far as things that directly affect the younger generation are concerned, I
think that the main problem is that parents from the growing middle class are
pushing their children ever harder at[…………………………..]activities. They
believe this is the only way to stand out and[…………………………..]in a
system which is cutthroat because of the exploding[…………………………..]
and as education becomes more and more […………………………..]to the
masses. However, many parents are granting their children more choice,
particularly in the area of choosing their own careers. The youth of today
are […………………………..]more aware of the choices available to them.
Presenter: Do you think that competition is a problem?
Mr Singh: Not at all. It leads to […………………………..]. The younger

generation is more creative. Competition […………………………..]that

creativity is likely to be the best way to get ahead. Though it is
largely […………………..] that the culture-and-value-system-torch-bearing
youth are losing their way, I still believe that relates to a small [……………..].
The combination of the Indian value system and the Western [……………..] is
a winning one and if the Indian youth can […………………………..]to achieve
the right balance, global organisations will want their skills.
Presenter: Mr Singh, you sound very confident?
Mr Singh: I am. Every generation will experience change. This will be

more[…………………………..]especially in the context of development. Simply
put, young Indians are more aware about the world they live in. They are
more […………………………..]. They are consumers in the true sense. They are
exposed to […………………………..]TV, the Internet, freer access to
social […………………………..], and mobility. They are global citizens.
Adoption of styles and fashion from anywhere, particularly America, is quick.
But as several[…………………………..]have shown, this openness
and […………………………..]does come with some sense of humility and
purpose. Uesl confident that they can dream and[…………………………..]. My
generation could only dream.
SECTION 3
Professor: Welcome back to the new term, Martin and Amanda. I hope you’ve
had a good break and that you’re looking forward to writing
your […………………………..]. In this tutorial, I’d like to give you
the […………………………..]to ask questions on writing the dissertation, such
as[…………………………..], dates and who to see when you need help. I know
that it’s all available on the […………………………..]website, but sometimes

students just like to check or confirm information… or sometimes they need a
little more detail. So, is there anything you’d like to ask?
Martin: Is there a […………………………..]hand-in date yet? On the

website it said that one hadn’t been […………………………..]on yet.
Professor: I’m glad you asked that question. I just heard this morning that
the[…………………………..] has been decided and it is [……………………..].
That’s a week later than we had originally planned.
Amanda: What about the word limit? The website gave a very broad range.
What was it, Martin? 10,000 to 20,000 words?
Martin: I believe so, Amanda.
Professor: Well, I believe that was a typing error. It should be [………………..]

words, but feel free to write a little more if you need to. However, make sure
that your dissertation is at least 10,000 words long, not [……………………..]
the contents, references and[…………………………..].
Amanda: Right. Thank you. And we can choose any topics we like, can’t we?
Professor: Any from year 3. And do remember to get your topic approved by
vour[…………………………..] tutor – oh, that’s me, isn’t it? – before you start
writing. I’d hate to have to tell you your topic was […………………………..]
after you’d spent a lot of time on it!
Amanda: What would you like us to show you […………………………..], apart

from the title?

Professor: Well, I’d like to see a basic bibliography first, along with an outline
of your[…………………………..]. You should get that done by the end of
January – this month in other words.
Martin: According to the website, the research should

take […………………………..], so that takes us from, well, until mid-April,
basically.
Professor: Yes, you should have the […………………………..]pretty much done

by the time you return from the Easter break.
Martin: It seems like a reasonable amount of time, but I bet

it[…………………………..]fast.
Professor: It certainly does. You’ll probably find that you need to do some
extra research during the, second half of April. Ideally, you’d be writing then,
but very few students get all the information they need and
the […………………………..]tutors almost always need to make some
farther […………………………..]. That’s why it’s really important to get the
bulk of your research done by mid-April.
Martin: I see. If we get into trouble or can see that we re going to get
into[…………………….] with our research, we should […………………………..]
contact you ASAP.
Professor: Absolutely.
Amanda: Do you think that we should look at what other students have done
in the past, in order to get a better idea of what to do and what to write?

Professor: It can be helpful, but what often happens is that students rely too
much on what they read, so I would only use other students’ – [……………..]
students’ work as a reference.
Amanda: Got it.
Martin: I know that we have the research guide to help us- But are there any
other books or sources that you would […………………………..], I mean, to
help us with planning a dissertation and the organisation and so on?
Amanda: Yes. I wanted to ask you that too.
Professor: There are several available from the library. I wouldn’t bother
buying any. My personal […………………………..]is “Dissertations and You”
by Roger Kline. Another good one is “Mastering Your Dissertation” by Helen
Blondel. There’s a book about research[…………………………..]… Oh, what’s it
called? It’s something simple like “Research Techniques for Dissertations”.
The author is Helen Trailforth. Oh, I know! It’s called “PisBertatiQn Research
Techniques”. Very good book. There’s more than one copy of each of those in
the library. One is for […………………………..]only and yon.know about the
recall system if a book is being[…………………………..]by someone else and
vou want it. don’t you?
Amanda and Martin: Yes.
Professor: Good. Very good. Anything else?
Amanda: Well, now that you’ve mentioned research […………………………..],

I’ve got a question. Questionnaires. A good idea, professor?

Professor: The general […………………………..]is that they are not very
helpful, though some[…………………………..]researchers beg to differ. Clear
them with me first, if you decide to go ahead and use them. You see, you need
to be very […………………………..]about the questions that you ask and order
of the questions. Questionnaires very often lead people towards giving certain
answers rather than getting at their true feelings and opinions.
Amanda: Martin? Anything else?
Martin: No. I’m happy. Thank you, professor.
Amanda: Yes, thank you so much.
Professor: My pleasure.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Have you ever wondered where your […………………………..]end
up after they get picked up from the curb, after you’ve left them at a recycling
drop-off centre or when your[…………………………..]has come to empty your
recycling […………………………..]? Well, this presentation will tell you.
The story begins when a resident places their […………………………..]out for

recycling in a special bin, brings their […………………………..]to one of the
recycling drop-off centres or when a business puts their used materials in their
recycling dumpster. It is very important that[…………………………..]and
employees properly prepare their recyclables for collection.
Improper […………………..]of materials, for example not removing container
lids or [………………….] the wrong type of material causes […………………..].
Although some contamination is to be expected – and is removed during the
sorting process at the processing […………………………..]– processors may
not accept materials that are heavily[…………………………..]and these will be
disposed of.
After materials are put out for recycling, the recycling truck comes to pick
them up. Recyclables brought to the drop-off centres should be placed in
the [………………….] bins. The large containers are […………………………..]
periodically or whenever they are full. Businesses and multi-family residences
collect on the days decided by the […………………………..].
The trucks that collect recyclables from the curb and drop – off centres then
drive the[…………………………..]to a material recovery facility –
or […………………………..]. When the trucks arrive at the MRF, they are first
weighed at the station to […………………………..]the weight of materials
delivered to the facility. Next, the trucks […………………………..]to the tipping
floor where they dump their materials. Items are […………………………..]in
specific areas to facilitate the sorting process.
After the different materials are dumped on the […………………………..]at the

MRF, they are fed onto different […………………………..]belts according to
the type of material. The materials then proceed up the different conveyor
belts and are subject to both […………………………..]and […………………..]
sorting. Individuals manually remove any large objects such as a lawn chair
or […………………………..]can, along with any […………………………..]. After
the initial manual sort, the materials pass by a magnet that [………………..]
the metal cans, and then through an air sorter to […………………………..]the
remaining materials. Once the materials are sorted, they are compressed into
bales that are shipped to[…………………………..], who will then use these
materials to create […………………………..]. Plastics can be recycled into
items such as clothing, lumber, park benches, and playground[……………..].

Metal and glass containers are often recycled into new containers, and paper is
recycled into new paper products, such as copy paper, toilet
paper,[……………..], and newspaper.
Remember to close the recycling loop: buy recycled both at home and at work,
as this is the only way that recycling truly […………………………..]. Find out
more about buying recycled products. Remember: if you’re not buying
recycled, you’re not really recycling!
So, how are we doing? Let’s take a brief look at our recycling rate information.
All[…………………………..]are required to maintain a minimum recycling rate
of 25% of the total[…………………………..]solid waste generated annually. We
are required to annually report on recycling activities and file a report with the
Department of […………………………..]Quality or DEQ. These reports are due
to the DEQ on April 30th of each year for the[…………………………..]calendar
year. Based on information received to date, last year
we[…………………………..]a recycling rate of […………………………..]%, 2.8%
higher than the previous year. Paper recycling was up 36% as was the recycling
of [……………..]and […………………..]. Our target is a recycling rate of over
50% by […………………………..].

SECTION 1
Questions 1 and 2
abel the map below.

Write the correct letter A-H next to questions 1 and 2.
1. Elderly woman: _________________

2. Thieves’ car: ___________________
Questions 3-5
3. When Mrs Reynolds saw the thieves, she
A. ran after them.
B. telephoned the police.
C. went to help the elderly woman.

4. The elderly woman was
A. badly hurt.
B. unhurt.
C. very upset.
5. Which woman had once had her bag stolen in the past?
A. the elderly woman
B. Mrs Reynolds
C. Mrs Reynolds’ friend
Question 6
Choose TWO letters, A-F.
6. The bag contained
A. a purse.
B. £50.
C. a cheque book.
D. a cheque card.

E. a bus pass.
F. a door key.
Questions 7-10

answer.
Distinguishing
Age Build Hair colour
marks
younger
about 17 7 _____ 8 _____ None
man
older man About 9 ___ medium brown a 10 ___ on chin
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
11. The Bridge Hotel is located in
A. the city centre.

B. the country.
C. the suburbs.
12. The newest sports facility in the hotel is
A. a swimming pool.
B. a fitness centre.
C. a tennis court.
13. The hotel restaurant specialises in
A. healthy food.
B. local food.
C. international food.
Questions 14 and 15
Choose TWO letters, A~E.
Which TWO business facilities are mentioned?
A. internet access
B. mobile phone hire

C. audio-visual facilities
D. airport transport
E. translation services
Questions 16-20

each answer.
SHORT BREAK PACKAGES

Cost (per
Length of stay person per Special features
night)
16 £ Full cooked breakfast
2 days
___________ Entertainment in the 17
As above, plus:
3 days £60
a 18 _____________
As above, plus:
19 £ 2 days’ free beauty therapy

5 days
__________
full-day membership of a
20___________.

SECTION 3
Questions 21 and 22

answer.
21. Last year, Dina got a grade __________________ for the Theory and
Practice option.
22. Dina has some free time because her ___________________ has been
cancelled.
Question 23
Choose ONE letter, A-E.
Which book does Dina advise against?
A. Brown: Observing Theory in Practice
B. Jespersen: Theory’s Crucible
C. Piresi: On Giants’Shoulders’
D. Willard: Practical Theories in the Social Sciences

E. Williams: Knowledge Theory
Questions 24-30

answer.
How to use the Recall System
Take a 24_______________ from librarian’s desk.
Complete the details of the book. Write your 25______________ address

on back. Hand it in at the 26_________________.
Check mail in your department twice a day to see if book is ready to collect. It
normally takes 3 days.
Cost: 27_______________per book.

Dina’s advice on organising a study group to work on an
assignment
Find two or three people on the course who live near you.
Divide up the reading load.
Take it in turns to 28_______________ what you have read for the others.
Explain your 29________________to each other.
Write first draft of essay.

Exchange drafts and 30_________________.
Write final version of essay.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
PEREGRINE FALCONS
31. The Peregrine falcons found in_are not migratory birds.
32. There is disagreement about their maximum_.
33. When the female is guarding the nest, the male spends most of his time
Questions 34-37

each answer.
Age of falcons What occurs

20 days old The falcons 34__________
28 days old The falcons are 35________
2 months old The falcons 36________permanently
1-12 months old More than half of falcons 37_______
Questions 38-40
Procedures used for field research on Peregrine falcon chicks
First: catch chicks
Second: 38________________ to legs
Third: 39________________ of chicks
Fourth: take blood sample to assess level of pesticide
Fifth: check the 40 _______________ of the birds
Answer keys:
1. C

2. C
3. C
4. B
5. A
6. A (and) E (in either order, both required for 1 mark)
7. slim
8. black
9. 35
10. (small) scar
11. C
12. B
13. C
14&15. A D (in either order)
16. 75
17. evening(s)
18. (four-course) dinner

19. 52
20. golf club
21. A +/plus
22. lecture
23. 8
24. pink slip
25. department {al)
26. information Desk 29 25p/pence
27. summarise/summarize
28. essay plan(s)
29. (give) feedback
30.
31. Australia
32 (flight/flying) speed / speed of flight
33. looking/searching for food
34. start/begin to fly / start/begin flying
35. (full/adult) size / full adult size / full(y) grown

36. leave (the/their) nest(s)
37. die
38. attach (identification/ID/aluminium/ aluminum) rings
39. note (the) sex
40. (general) health
SECTION 1
You will hear a woman called Mrs Reynolds being interviewed by a police
officer about an incident she saw the previous evening.
M: Well, if you can just tell me everything you remember. It doesn’t matter
how[…………………………..] it seems. What may seem [……………………..] to
you may not be unimportant to us.
F: OK, I’ll do what I can, officer. Well, as I said, I’d iust come out of the cinema
on the High Street, so it was about […………………………..]. Just before 8 in
fact. I’d been to see a film with a friend and she’d just gone off home. So I was
just [……………..] there wondering what to do, whether to go and have a cup
of coffee somewhere or not. I was just standing there[…………………………..]

my own business when I […………………………..]heard someone
shouting […………………………..]opposite me outside the library.
Not […………………………..], just shouting. It sounded like the voice of an
elderly woman. “They’ve got my bag! They’ve got my bag!”, she
was […………………..]. Then these two men raced past me, going like the
wind, straight down the street and round the corner into […………………..]. It
all happened so quickly I think they must have had a car waiting for them
there because I heard one[…………………………..]at top speed. Well, I didn’t
know what on earth to do; whether to try and[…………………………..]them,
whether to ring the police or whether to go and see if she was all right. Another
woman was running up behind me so I […………………………..]back at her to
go and call the […………………………..]. Anyway, when I got to the woman,
she seemed to be all right, thank […………………………..]. A bit shaken, but
OK. I think I was much more upset than she was.
All in all, she was pretty […………………………..]. I don’t think I would have
been, but[…………………………..]it had happened to her once before so maybe
that’s why you know, I’ve got a friend who […………………………..]to go out
alone anywhere after[…………………………..]now. What’s this town coming
to?
Well, anyway, she just kept saying, “I didn’t see a thing, I didn’t see a thing.”
One of them had just […………………………..]her from behind and as she put
out her hand to steady herself, the other one had just taken the bag from under
her arm. And then he[…………………………..]across the road. I asked her
what she’d had in it, and she said she’d had her […………………………..]with
about £15 in it, but no cheque book or cards or things like that. And luckily she
had her front door key in her pocket. Oh. and she’d had her bus pass taken too.

M: Let’s get back to the two men, if we can. Just tell me everything you
can[…………………………..]about them.
F: Well, there was a younger one and an older one.
M: Well, let’s start with the younger one, shall we?
F: Well, age first then. He only […………………………..]about 17-not more.

Something like that. Neither very tall nor small. Sort of slim build. Not
anybody you’d […………………………..]. Nothing particularly special about
him. An […………………………..]looking sort of bloke. He had curlv black hair
which was quite long. But apart from that, as I say, not someone you’d notice
in a crowd. Nothing really […………………………..]about him at all. But the
other one, the older one, he was different.
M: Different?
F: Yes, different, I feel as if I’d know him anywhere again. I got more of a look
at him because he ran across the road more slowly than
the […………………………..]. I remember being surprised because he was
quite a bit older than the other one. I’d say about 35. Funny, because you don’t
think of people of that age […………………………..]handbags in broad daylight
like that, do you? He was quite a bit smaller than the other man.
And […………………………..]build.
M: What did he look like? You didn’t give the officer much [………………..]
last night.
F: Well, I did get quite a good look at his face. No beard or [………………..]–
clean shaven and quite smart-looking really. He had light brown hair cut very

short. A sort of army[…………………………..]. And there was another thing.
Thinking about it all last night over and over again, Pm almost sure he had a
small scar on his chin. I didn’t tell the other[…………………………..]that last
night, but in my mind each time I see his face, I can see one.
M; A scar on his chin? That could be important. Thank you, Mrs Reynolds.
You’ve been really helpful. If you really think you’d […………………………..]
him again, then what we’d like you to do later this morning, if you can, is to
come down to the police station and look at a few[…………………………..]for
us…(Fade out)
SECTION 2
You will hear a recorded message giving information about an English hotel.
Welcome to the Bridge Hotel Information Line. The Bridge Hotel is part of the
Compact Group, which is a large […………………………..]of family-owned
hotels offering a warm friendly atmosphere and high quality service
at […………………..] prices. All of them cater for a[…………………………..]of
people-from business to leisure clients.
Set in a quiet […………………………..]area on the attractive outskirts of

Belford. about 3 miles from the city centre, the Bridge Hotel is a popular
choice for […………………………..]. After recent […………………………..]and
expansion, it now has 25 double rooms and[…………………………..]. All 45 are
en suite with TV and coffee-and tea-making[…………………………..].
The Bridge Hotel is set in three and a half […………………………..]of grounds

with an open-air swimming pool and four […………………………..]. There is
also a newly opened gym with[…………………………..]suite, which is
considered one of the best equipped in the area. Non-resident membership is
available. We have a fully […………………………..]restaurant for residents
and […………………………..], which provides a wide range of dishes with a
particular focus on dishes from around the world.
For the [……………….] business customer, we have [………………..]business

rooms with phone links allowing full Internet access. Our […………………..]
facilities cater for up to […………………………..]and we are able to offer
transport to guests to and from Birmingham Airport at a small extra cost.
There now follows information about short break packages.
Welcome to the Bridge Hotel Short Breaks Information Line. We offer three
packages: 2-day, 3-day and 5-day.
The 2-day costs £75 per person per night and includes full cooked breakfast
and evening entertainment. Very popular for weekend [……………………..].
The 3-day break costs […………………………..]per person per night and in

addition to offers for the 2-day break, includes one four-course dinner. This
allows guests to enjoy the full range of hotel facilities.
The 5-day break costs [………………..] par person per night and, in addition to
offers from the 2-and 3-day breaks, includes free [………………..]on two days
and a full-day pass to a golf club. This […………………………..]is particularly
popular with couples who want a completely […………………………..].
If you would like more information about these special packages, call
Extension[…………………………..]to speak to our Customer Service Manager,
John Martin. Thank you for calling the Bridge Hotel Information Line.

SECTION 3
You will hear three students talking about their study programmes.
M: Hi, Elaine, I was hoping I’d see you here. How’re things?
F1: All right. You?
M: Not bad, but I’m beginning to worry about that […………………………..].
F1: What, the one on Theory and Practice?
M; Yes.
Fl: When’s it got to be in by?
M: Next Thursday, and I just can’t get to grips with it.
Fl: Yes, it’s a […………………………..]one. I’m hoping to get down to it over

the weekend. I tell you what, there’s Dina. Let’s see if she has any pearls
of […………………………..]on the subject. She took the Theory and Practice
option last year, didn’t she? And got an A+for it. I think.
M: How does she do it?
Fl: Let’s ask her. Hi, Dina. Hard at work?
F2: Not exactly. The lecture’s iust been […………………………..], so I’ve

suddenly got a free morning on my hands.

Fl: That’s lucky. You’ve met Neil, haven’t you?
F2: Yes.
Fl: We were just talking about the theory and […………………………..]

assignment we’ve got to hand in next. Can we just pick your [………………..] a
moment?
F2: How far have you got with it?
Fl: Well, still at the reading stage really.
F2: Are you? Well, one bit of advice I’d […………………………..] give is not to
spend hours wading through that […………………………..]volume by
Jespersen: it really isn’t very helpful-I think the only […………………………..]
they keep it on the reading list is that the library has got so many copies of it.
Personally, I found the […………………………..]source was Piresi; have you
read her yet?
FI: Piresi? I don’t think so.
F2: That’s a great book, it must be on your reading list.
M: Right.
F2: Another one I found very useful was the […………………………..]called

something like ‘Practical theories’ , by, was it Williams? Or Willard. Yes, Wil-
lard. Also, if you want to look at case studies, that small book of Ron Brown’s
has got some interesting[…………………………..]in-you know the one I mean?

M: Ron Brown, yes. I looked for it in the library but it was out on loan.
F2: Yes it’s a very […………………………..]book. Did you try the recall system?
M: The what?
F2: Don’t you use the […………………………..]? You should, you know. You
iust have to take a[…………………………..]slip from any of the librarians1
desks, fill the details of the book in, put your […………………………..]address
on the back- your departmental address not your home address-and hand the
slip in at the Information Desk. Then check the mail in your department twice
a day, say at 10 in the morning and 3 in the afternoon, for a slip telling you the
book is ready to […………………………..]. Last week I recalled a book
at […………………………..]and got the slip telling me it was ready just 4 hours
later. That was […………………………..]; it usually takes about 3 days.
M: I didn’t know you could do that. Is it expensive?
F2: No, there’s a […………………………..]charge – 25 pence a book. I think.

It’s well worth it if you’re preparing for an assignment. Are you going to be
working together on it?
M: Erm, I’m not sure.
F2: I would, if I were you. You get so much more out of the assignment that
way.
M: But surely the […………………………..]would notice that our essays were

the same?

F2: No, no. I’m certainly not suggesting you should actually write the thing
together. I’m talking about when you first start on a big assignment. T think
it’s a good idea to find two or three others on the course who live near you,
and […………………………..]up the reading-load between you. Then you can
meet up again a few days later and take it in turns to […………………………..]
your reading for each other. At the next stage we go round the
group […………………………..]our essay-plans. which makes it easier
for […………………..] then to go off and write the first draft of their essay on
their own. Later on we usually exchange drafts and give[…………………..] in
the group, before finally writing our essays individually.
M: Do you really do all that?
F2: Usually, yes. It makes the whole thing much easier and
more [………………..].
M: Right. Well, I think I need another coffee before getting started. Can I get
you one?
F2: Yes, why not.
SECTION 4
You will hear a talk by a university lecturer in Australia on a type of bird
called a peregrine falcon.
I’m Professor Sam Richards, and I’ve come as the third […………………..]on
this course in Australian birds of prey. My job is to keep a […………………..]
scientific eye on the state of Tasmanian [………………..], so I’ll start by giving

you some background to these[…………………………..]birds of prey before I
speak briefly on my own project.
Peregrine […………………………..]are found on all continents with the

exception of Antarctica. So don’t go looking for them at the […………………..].
They are found almost everywhere in Australia and it’s interesting to note that
the name, peregrine, […………………………..]that they are wanderers-that
they move from place to place following the […………………………..]-and
indeed, in most parts of the world they are […………………………..]birds. But
not in Australia, however, where they prefer to stay in one place.
They are known to be the world’s fastest […………………………..]and they

have been tracked by radar diving down towards the ground
at […………………..] an hour.
However, a number of text books claim that their flight speed can go as high
as[…………………..] an hour, so there is still some […………………………..]
about iust how fast they can actually fly.
Female peregrine falcons, like all other Australian falcons, are larger than their
male[…………………………..]; in fact the female is almost a third larger than
the male in the case of peregrines. While she stays close to the nest
to […………………………..]the eggs and the young chicks, the male is
mostly […………………………..]looking for food.
Peregrines typically lay two or three eggs per nest and, after the eggs
have[…………………………..], when the chicks are about 20 days old, they
start to flv. So they fly at a very young age. By the time they are
just […………………………..], they have already reached full adult size: in
other words, they are fully grown. Soon after this, at about 2 months

after[…………………………..]from the egg, they leave the nest for good. From
this point on they are on their own. Unlike their parents, which have learned
how to […………………………..], the young falcons are not good
at […………………………..]themselves and so during the first year
about [……………………..] of them die. Once the birds have [………………..]
to live to breeding age, at two years old, they generally go on to live for another
six or seven years.
When we come across […………………………..]with young chicks, the first

thing we do is catch the chicks before they are able to fly. We have to catch
them at an early age. We then attach[…………………………..]rings to their
legs. These rings are made of colour- coded[…………………………..]and they
allow us to identify the birds through[…………………………..]later in their
lives. Thirdly, because we need to know how many[…………………………..]and
how many female chicks are being bom, we note the sex of the chicks. Noting
the sex of the birds is a […………………………..]part of our research, as I
will[…………………………..]later. The next thing to do is to take a blood
sample from the chicks. We take the blood sample so that we can check the
level of […………………………..]in their bodies. Peregrine falcons can
build […………………………..]quantities of pesticides in their blood stream by
feeding on smaller […………………………..]which in turn feed on crops, grown
on farms where pesticides are used. Finally we check the birds [……………..],
really checking the birds for their general health. This whole [……………..]
only takes a few minutes; in fact, most of our time in the field is actually spent
trying to find the nests, not on the data […………………………..]itself.
Well, that’s all I have for you today. If you’d like to do some farther reading…

20 Test Listening

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

20 Test Listening

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

101 BÀI TEST IELTS LISTENING +

Mỗi đề thi IELTS listening bao gồm:

Bạn có thể xem thêm tài liệu khác:

• Cuốn sách IELTS Writing từ A-Z: download

HỆ THỐNG CƠ SỞ IELTS FIGHTER

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

Choose the correct letter, A, B or C

What information does the girl want to know?

1. Which is the first recommended transportation by the man?

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

3. What’s the minimum coach fare?

4. The disadvantage of taking a coach from airport is_

B. too many people.

C. too long time.

Complete the notes below.

Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

Flight No.: 6 ___________________

Arrival time: 3:05 p.m.

Heathrow airport, terminal: 7 ___________________

Ticket: single and 8 _________________

Departure time: 16:10

Fare: £18 including 9________________

Payment: American Express

Credit card number: 10_________________________

Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS

Health Centre East Centre West Centre

Appointment system not bad more 12___________

13___________ modern 14_______________

Home visit time 17____________ 10 a.m- 5 p.m.

Charge £8.00 18_______________

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

D. pregnant or retired patients

E, people over 70 years old

Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

visit 22_________________ in the

Part I: Campus Tour

Computer Centre: to get 23___________

24_____________ apply for membership

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

course coordinator course requirement

26______ and optional courses assessments:

27____________ 80% assignment

Part II: Course

go to department office to:

hand in optional course form

Part III: Friday Time: 5 p.m

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.

33. Music and fish

34. Species for environmental protection

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS

The main threats to marine life are:

Contaminations in enclosed sea:

pollution from dense coastal population

http://ielts-fighter.com/ IELTS Fighter – trung tâm luyện thi IELTS số 1 VN

“The Census of Marine Life” indicates:

There are over 37____________ invasive species in the Mediterranean Sea.

The area with 38___________________ has a high rate of speciation.

There will be around 40_____________ fish species in the world according

10. 3339 5183 7799 6047

11. City Hall

13. Medical facilities

13_ modern 14_____